CG Controlgear Catalogue 7.7

Universe of Solutions
Expand your reach with a complete Unique Entity

A PEEK INTO THE PAST
GLORIOUS HISTORY
REPLETE WITH MILESTONES
It all began way back in the 1960's when L&T

Electrical & Automation (E&A) embarked on a
momentous voyage and started its controlgear
business. Right from the launch of MK series
more than 50 years ago, E&A has been at the
forefront of controlgear product development.
Over the years, this excellent range has grown in
width of its offerings, size, etc.
Hence, it comes as no surprise today that E&A

has won the confidence and trust of millions of
its customers across the globe.
1960 MK
1970 ML
1990 MN
2002 MNX
2010 MO
PILLARS OF SUPPORT
PROVIDING
MUCH-NEEDED SUPPORT
Our extensive range of contactors is further

augmented by our range of thermal overload
relays, giving reliable protection across diverse
applications.
MN relays are available from 0.2 to 570A in trip

class 10A and 30. Relays can be directly
mounted on contactors for space-saving or
through separate mounting kits, depending on
the requirement.
MO contactors along with RTO and REO relays,

MNX contactors along with MN relays and MX
contactors along with RX relays are perfect
examples of these compact motor feeders.
MULTI DIMENSIONAL
COMPLETE SYSTEMS
ADDING VALUE,
ASSURING RESULTS
Our wide range of accessories has been

specifically designed and developed to suit
diverse application requirements. From add-on
blocks to surge suppressors and mechanical
interlock kits to protection shrouds, you name it,
we have it.
With a wide range of accessories

complementing our switchgear products, our
controlgear range is the most comprehensive to
meet all our customer needs.
UP AND RUNNING, ALWAYS
LESS DOWNTIME,
MORE PRODUCTIVITY
If downtime is not brought under control, it can

spell doom for any industry. This makes
reducing down time one of the most important
needs of the industry. Equally significant is ease
of maintenance.
E&A offers a wide range of spares for its

contactors, right from the lowest rating. The
contactors are extremely easy to inspect and
this, coupled with easily replaceable coil and
contacts, ensures reduction in downtime and
maintenance time. In other words, one can
always be assured of high levels of productivity
and efficiency.
RANGE IN ONE PLACE
ONE-STOP SOLUTION
FOR EVERY APPLICATION
Industry requirements are constantly evolving

and our clients' demands are ever-increasing. A
scenario which may seem as a challenge to
many is seen by us as an opportunity to learn
and grow. An opportunity to excel in our
commitments and exceed customer
expectations.
Due to our through understanding and in-depth

knowledge of customer requirements, we make
sure that our extensive range of contactors
caters to every single customer need. Our
contactors are well suited for varied applications
such as motor control, capacitor duty switching,
single phase applications, supply changeover
and many more. In short, we are a one-stop
solution for every application.
The comprehensive range of controlgear products from L&T Electrical & Automation is your key to
meet every demand and suit every requirement across diverse applications.
Whether it is motor control, capacitor switching, supply changeover or any other single phase or
three phase application, you can always be assured of finding a perfect solution in our
extensive range of contactors.
Thermal overload relays with their sensitive mechanism ensure that your system is protected
against overloads. Motor Protection circuit breakers combine both overload and short circuit
protection
in a single compact solution.
To complement these products, we also have a wide range of accessories and

spares to ensure that support is always at hand.
In other words, our controlgear range is a one-stop solution for every application.
Application Notes 1
MO 3 Pole Power Contactors 37
RTO Thermal Overload Relays 69
MVO Vacuum Contactor 79
MNX 2&3 Pole Power Contactors 85
MN Thermal Overload Relays 111
MDX DC Coil 3 Pole Power Contactors 117
ML 3 Pole Power Contactors 127
MX Mini Contactors & Thermal Overload Relay 135
MCX 4 Pole Power Contactors 143
MO C Capacitor Duty Contactors 163
MO 0 Control Contactors 177
Electronic Coil Contactor Range 183
MR Single pole Contactors 185
MU - 2P 2 Pole Contactors 189
Motor Protection Relay 195

REO Electronic Relay
MPR200nX/MPR300
MM 10 Relay
iMMR Relay
MOG Motor Protection Circuit Breakers 213
MN Industrial Starter 235

Standards & Approvals
Controlgear range comply with the following standards
•IEC 60947-1, EN 60947-1, IS/IEC 60947-1

Low-voltage switchgear and controlgear, Part 1: General Rules
•IEC 60947-4, EN 60947-4, IS/IEC 60947-4

Low-voltage switchgear and controlgear, Part 4: Contractors & Motor starters
Third party certificates (ERDA / CPRI) available for Controlgear Product
NABL
NABL accreditation is a formal recognition of the technical competence of testing,
calibration or medical laboratory for a specific task following ISO/IEC 17025:2005
Standard. Accredited laboratories have the responsibility of satisfying the criteria of
laboratory accreditation at all times, which are verified during Surveillance and
Reassessment visits by NABL. Further the accredited laboratories should prove their
technical competence by satisfactory participation in recognized Proficiency Testing
Programmes.
E&A's Switchgear Testing Lab is NABL accredited subject to continued satisfactory

compliance to above standard & additional requirements of NABL.
The Controlgear Product are tested in E&A’s NABL accredited Switchgear Testing Lab.
Marking
A CE marking is a European marking of conformity that indicates a product complies
with the essential requirements of the applicable European laws or directives with
respect to safety, health and environment and consumer protection. Generally, this
conformity to the applicable directives is done through self-declaration and is required
on products in the countries of the European Economic Area (EEA) to facilitate trade
among the member countries. The manufacturer or their authorized representative
established in the EEA is responsible for affixing the CE marking to their product. The
CE marking provides a means for a manufacturer to demonstrate that a product
complies with a common set of laws required by all countries in the EEA to allow free
movement of trade within the EEA countries.
E&A's Controlgear range conform to the Low voltage directive 73/23/EEC as amended by
directive 93/68/EEC, provided it is used in the application for which it is made and is installed
and maintained in accordance with professional practices with relevant installation
standards and operating instructions.
RoHS Compliance
As a green initiatives, L&T Electrical & Automation (E&A) understands the requirements of
the RoHS directive. The directive restricts the use of hazardous substances in electrical and
electronic equipment and bans electrical equipment containing more than permitted levels
of lead, cadmium, mercury, hexavalent chromium, polybrominated biphenyl (PBS) and
polybrominated diphenyl ether (PBDE) flame retardants.
Application Notes
Our comprehensive library of Application notes will help you optimize your selection of Controlgear
products. These include short technical notes giving a brief description of a specific development,
technique or procedure and it will guide for specific switchgear selection for different applications.
The main criteria for publication will be the novelty of concepts involved, the validity of the
technique and its potential for such applications.
Utilization Categories 1
Co-ordination under Short-circuit conditions 4
Standard Coil Voltages and their Applications 7

Importance of using Surge Suppressor 9
Contactor selection for 60 Hz control supply applications 13
Selection of Contactors for AC-4 (Crane Duty) Applications 15
Contactor Selection for Motor with long starting time 18
Control Transformer sizing for contactor actuation 21
Application Guide for Reduced Voltage Autotransformer Starter 27
Length of control cables 31
Detailed Selection guide for lightening circuit 34

01 Utilization categories
Contactors are most commonly used in applications concerning control of electric motors. They are used to
start, stop, reverse, jog and plug the motors depending upon the application requirement. Contactors along
with thermal overload relays also provide protection to the motor against overloads.
The most basic data required for contactor selection is the motor HP rating and it’s rated current. However
this data is alone not sufficient. The type of load, duty cycle of the load, switching frequency are some of the
factors that influence contactor selection. The switching capability of contactors is majorly dependent on the
type of application, and hence international standards (IEC 60947-4-1) specify utilization categories which
cover a broad range of applications. These utilization categories and the data associated with them are used
by manufacturers to establish contactor ratings.
The utilization categories as per IEC 60947-4-1 are as follow:

Kind of current Utilization Categories Typical applications
AC - 1 Non-inductive or slightly inductive loads, resistance furnaces

AC - 2 Slip-ring motors : starting, switching off
AC - 3 Squirrel-cage motors : starting, switching off motors during running 1
AC - 4 Squirrel-cage motors : starting, plugging, inching
AC - 5a Switching of electric discharge lamp controls
AC - 5b Switching of incandescent lamps
AC AC - 6a Switching of transformers
AC - 6b Switching of capacitor banks
AC - 7a Slightly inductive loads in household appliances and similar applications
AC - 7b Motor loads for household applications
AC - 8a Hermetic refrigerant compressor motor to control with manual resetting of overload release
AC - 8b Hermetic refrigerant compressor motor to control with automatic resetting of overload release
AC - 15 Control of a.c electromagnetic loads
DC - 1 Non-inductive or slightly inductive loads, resistance furnace
Shunt-motors : Starting, Plugging, Inching
DC - 3
Dynamic braking of dc motors
DC Series-motors : Starting, Plugging, Inching
DC - 5
Dynamic braking of dc motors
DC - 6 Switching of incandescent lamps
DC 13 Control for DC electromagnetic loads
1) AC-3 category may be used for occasional inching (jogging) or plugging for limited time periods such as
machine set-up: during limited time periods, the number of such operations should not exceed five per
minute or more than 10 in a ten minute period.
2) A hermetic refrigerant compressor motor is a combination consisting of a compressor and a motor, both of
which are enclosed in the same housing, with no external shaft or shaft seals, the motor operating in the
refrigerant.
The utilization categories most commonly encountered in contactor applications are AC-3 & AC-4
Applications under utilization category AC-3 (Normal Switching) are:

Compressors, Pumps, Fans, Conveyors, Mixers, Agitators, Air conditioners, Elevators etc
Applications under utilization category AC-4 (Plugging, inching) are:

Printing presses, Wire drawing machines, Centrifuges etc
The making and breaking capacities of contactors are dependent on the utilization categories and the
standard specifies that the contactors or starters shall be capable of making and breaking currents without
failure under the conditions stated.
Utilization categories 02
The conditions are as given below,

Table (a):
Normal Operation
Utilization categories Making Conditions Breaking Conditions
I/Ie U/Ue cosØ I/Ie U/Ue cosØ
AC - 1 1 1 0.8 1 1 0.95
AC - 2 2.5 1 0.65 2.5 1 0.65
AC - 3 6 1 1)
1 0.17 1)
AC - 4 6 1 1) 6 1 1)
1) For Ie < 17A cos Ø = 0.65, For Ie>17A cos Ø = 0.35
Table (b):
Occasional Operation (50 Operating cycles)
Utilization categories Making Conditions Breaking Conditions
Ic / Ie Ur / Ue cosØ I/Ie U/Ue cosØ
AC - 1 1.5 1.05 0.8 1.5 1.05 0.8
AC - 2 4 1.05 0.65 4 1.05 0.65
AC - 3 10 1.05 1) 8 1.05 1)
AC - 4 12 1.05 1) 10 1.05 1)
1) For 17A < Ie < 100A cos Ø = 0.45, For Ie > 100A cos Ø = 0.35
Where;
Ie = Rated Operational Current
Ue = Rated Operational Voltage
Ur = Recovery Voltage
Ic = making and breaking current
The starting current of a squirrel cage induction motor is 6 times while that of slip ring induction motor is 2.5 times
the rated current. Starting current in slip ring induction motor is less because of the higher rotor resistance in the
rotor circuit, which can be effectively removed in steps as the motor attains its rated speed.
Selection Criteria:
From the above table (a) it can be seen that, for AC-3 utilization category during normal operation the contactor
must be capable of making 6 times the rated current. The current that contactor must break, however remains the
rated current. This is because the AC-3 utilization category specifies that the motor is switched off after it starts
running.
In the case of AC-4 utilization category, the current, the contactor must be capable of making as well as breaking
remains 6 times the rated current. This is because AC-4 utilization category involves plugging and inching
operations, in which the motor is switched on and off frequently.
Hence it can be concluded that AC-4 utilization category is more severe than AC-3 and the switching capability of
contactors (Operating cycles/Hr) for AC-4 is lower than that of AC-3.
Table (b) specifies the values of currents the contactor must be capable of making or breaking under abnormal
conditions which occur occasionally. Here also it can be concluded that AC-4 utilization category is the most
severe among all the other utilization categories.
Also it can be seen that making and breaking capacities for AC-4 category is more than that of AC-3, clearly
highlighting that AC-4 is severe than AC-3.
Technical Articles
03 Utilization categories
Selection Example:
Contactor must be selected such that the making and breaking capacities during both normal as well as
abnormal conditions must be within contactor making and breaking capacity.
Consider a 10 HP squirrel cage Induction motor with Direct On-Line (DOL) starting.
Rated Current of the motor In = 15A
Motor Operation in AC-3 Utilization category

Normal Operation
Making current of the contactor = 6In = 90A
Breaking current of the contactor = In = 15A
Abnormal operation
Breaking current of the contactor = 8In = 120A
Motor Operation in AC-4 Utilization category

Normal Operation
Abnormal operation
Hence, in both cases, we can select MO18 which has Rated Current of 18A, Making Capacity of 450A and
Breaking Capacity of 350A which is higher than the abnormal making and breaking currents calculated
above.
Motors are the backbone of the industry. Their use is also increasing in commercial establishments. Hence,
protection of motor is extremely important so as to keep these processes functioning safely and continuously.
The main purpose of motor protection system is to prevent excessive temperature built up in the windings
because of over-current and short-circuit current. Following are the reasons for over-current.
lOverloading.
lSingle phasing.
lOver-voltage.
IS 13947 (Part 4/Sec 1): 1993 / IEC Pub 60947-4-1 (2004) require that the thermal overload relay and SCPD
are co-ordinated to ensure that they operate satisfactorily under all load and fault conditions. Following
aspects need to be considered to achieve proper co-ordination.
l Discrimination between thermal overload relay & SCPD.
l Adequacy of short circuit protection.
What is co-ordination?
Co-ordination means matching the characteristics of SCPD and down stream equipment to ensure that the
let-through energy and peak cut-off current do not rise above the levels that the circuit can withstand.
Improper co-ordination can lead to

lHigh electro-dynamic force (magnetic force µ Ipeak 2).
2
lHigh thermal stress leads to excessive heat (I t let-through).
lNuisance tripping/operation of SCPD under small overloads, leading to reduced life of SCPD.
lNuisance tripping of SCPD during motor starting.
lNuisance tripping of SCPD during transient conditions like open transition star delta starter starting.
As per the standard two types of co-ordination are permissible, Type “1” and “2”.
Type “1” co-ordination requires that under short-circuit conditions, the contactor or the starter shall cause no
danger to persons or installation. The motor feeder may not be suitable for further service without repair and
replacement of parts (Not remaining suitable is NOT a requirement and hence you may find separating in a
different sentence could avoid possibility of misconception)
Type “2” co-ordination requires that under short-circuit conditions, the contactor or the starter shall cause no
danger to persons or installation and shall be suitable for further use. However contact welding is
recognized. Also the time-current characteristics of the over load protection device should not change. This
in other words means safety, low down time and continued protection.
Recommended combination needs to be proven through short-circuit tests at

l Prospective current “r”
l Conditional short-circuit current Iq.
Test at Prospective current “r” is done to verify the performance under fault conditions practically possible at
the motor feeder end. These faults are normally associated with the motor and the associated feeder.
Prospective current “r” is specified according to the rated operational current (Ie, AC-3) of the feeder. If the
motor feeder is not specified according to utilization category AC-3, the prospective current “r” shall
correspond to the highest rated operational current for any utilization category claimed by the manufacturer.
The values are mentioned below.
Technical Articles
05 Co-ordination under Short-circuit conditions
The values are mentioned below.
Rated operational current Ie (AC-3)* Prospective current “r”

A kA
0 Ie <= 16 1
16 < Ie <= 63 3
63 < Ie <= 125 5
125 < Ie <= 315 10
315 < Ie <= 630 18
630 < Ie <= 1000 30
1000 < Ie <= 1600 42
Subjected to agreement between

1600 < Ie
manufacturer and user.
Test at Conditional short-circuit current Iq is carried out to verify the performance under system level faults.
Iq is declared by the manufacturer. This is the maximum fault current that the feeder can withstand. Generally the
declared value of Iq is 50 kA.
Trends in motor feeder protection

• Fuse protection with S-D-F
• Fuseless protection with MCCB and MPCB
S-D-F, which incorporates H.R.C fuses, is the most efficient and popular in the industry. S-D-F, like conventional
fuse-switch units, is capable of switching and protecting electrical circuits. In addition these are also suitable for
isolating down stream equipment. MCCB was primarily used for protection of distribution circuits. However, with
the development of current limiting MCCBs, it has become possible to employ MCCBs in motor feeders also.
With the availability of various accessories, MCCB as SCPD offers several advantages.
MPCB can be used in two ways. It can be used directly for switching of a motor. This is very cost effective.
However downside is limited electrical life of MPCB compared to that of a contactor. Moreover, a separate
undervoltage protection is required. Alternately, MPCB can be used along with a contactor. Since, MPCB
combines thermal as well as short circuit protection, it will trip and interrupt even small overloads (which
otherwise could be interrupted by a contactor).
Typical DOL Motor Feeder with S-D-F Co-Ordination with S-D-F
S-D-F Contactor Braking

Capacity
Fuse-Link
Cross Over
Contactor T
Point
I Motor
Relay M Current
E
Overload Relay
Fuse
M 5-6In
Current
Typical DOL Motor Feeder with MCCB Co-ordination with MCCB
MCCB
Contactor Braking
Capacity (>12 In)
Cross Over
Contactor Point
T
I Motor
Relay M Current Overload Relay
E
MCCB
5-6In 12In
M Current
Typical DOL Motor Feeder with MPCB Co-ordination with MPCB
MPCB
T Cross Over
Contactor I Motor Point (In Built)
M Current
E
MPCB
5-6In 12In
M Current
Open and Close Transition Star-Delta Starting

For Star-Delta motor feeders, the motor winding is connected in star. When it reaches a certain speed the motor
winding connection is changed to delta. In case of Open transition from star to delta, there is some time difference
between opening of the star contactor and closing of the delta contactor. During this period there is no voltage
across the motor terminal and the motor will momentarily act as a generator. When the delta contactor closes, full
line voltage appears across the motor terminal. If the motor emf and the line voltage add up, the transient current
peaks may reach up to 18In. Also the motor will experience a jerk, which in some cases may be critical.
In case of open transition star-delta starting (most common practice), it’s an established fact that the transient
current peaks during change-over from star to delta are in the order of 18 times the line current (In). As the
maximum magnetic threshold of a MPCB is 14In and as it is a current peak sensing device, such conditions will
definitely lead to nuisance tripping of MPCBs during change-over from star to delta mode. Both the above facts
i.e. 18 times transient peak and nuisance tripping of MPCB have been verified through inhouse tests as well.
Hence, to avoid nuisance tripping, it is technically correct to increase the MPCB rating for star/delta starting so
that the ratio of instantaneous release setting to the motor full load current is at least 18. However, this will lead to
loss in thermal overload protection offered by the MPCB (as the MPCB rating will be higher than the full load
current of the motor). This aspect can be addressed by providing an additional thermal overload relay in the
phase circuit.
In case of close transition, the change over from star to delta will take place through three resistors. These
resistors do not allow full line voltage to appear across the motor terminal and also there will be no break in the
supply to the motor. Hence, there will be no jerk to the motor and transient current peaks will also get eliminated.
Summarising
Effective motor protection should protect motor and the associated feeder against any overcurrent including
short circuit current. More and more users demand Type ‘2’ coordination because it helps to ensure a safe
working environment. In view of down times and maintenance costs, though Type ‘2’ co-ordination has higher
initial costs, in the long term will prove economical. Manufacturer having all the products in its product portfolio is
better place to recommend the combinations for proper Type ‘2’ co-ordination.
Technical Articles
07 Standard Coil Voltages and their Applications
Standard Coil Voltage Ratings used in India

240V
Coils with rated voltage of 240V are the most widely used coils in Industrial and commercial applications. 240V
single phase-neutral supply can be easily derived from a 415V Three Phase Four Wire system by connecting
across one phase and neutral point (415/sqrt(3)=240). Since this distribution system is prevalent across many
industrial applications, 240V coils find their application in majority of contactor applications. Common
applications are industrial motor feeder systems. Also, in most of the industrial installations voltage values are
quite stable and variations are limited. Hence in such systems with very less voltage fluctuations, it is viable to go
for 240V coil with a standard coil band of 80% to 110% of rated coil voltage.
220V
220V coils are generally preferred in applications where the available supply is slightly less than the rated voltage
of 240V. In such applications it is advisable to go for a 220V coil because one gets a lower value of pick up voltage
as compared to 240V. For example for a 240V coil the coil band would be 156 - 288V. If one goes for a 220V coil
then the available coil band is 143 - 264V. This takes care of the slight fluctuation in voltage which is below the
band specified for 240V or a consistent low voltage.
415V
415V coils are used when there is a possibility of neutral floating condition affecting contactor operation. Neutral
floating arises when the neutral is not properly grounded or ground connection is completely broken.
Conventional distribution systems are three phase four wire systems in which individual single phase systems
are derived from a three phase supply. In such cases the neutral is grounded and ideally must be at zero
potential. In a perfectly balanced three phase four wire systems, loss of neutral conductor will not cause any
abnormal voltage variation on connected single phase loads. However this condition is extremely rare and there
is always some current flowing through the neutral owing to imbalances in the single phase loads. In such a
scenario a loss of neutral will lead to abnormal voltage variations across the connected single phase loads. The
extent of voltage variation will depend on the extent of unbalance in the single phase loads. However the
imbalance in voltages will not affect the line voltages and they will continue to be at 415V.
In such a scenario if one used 240V coils then they may get damaged due to over voltage condition arising out of
neutral floating. This problem can be efficiently eliminated by going for 415V coils as neutral floating condition
does not affect the line voltages. Hence the issue of coil burning due to neutral floating is completely eliminated.
Improper neutral grounding can lead to voltage rise and hence going for 415V coils is advisable.
Hence for all changeover application involving four Pole contactors (MCX Range) it is recommended to go for
415V coils. But, it should be noted that the allowable control cable length due to cable capacitance is lowest at
415V. (Refer application note: Guidelines on control cable lengths dated 12/07/2012)
360 or 380V
These coil voltages are mainly used in agricultural applications. In agriculture applications even though the rated
secondary of transformer is 415V, because of simultaneous running of loads leading to sustained voltage drop
and absence of voltage stablilizers, many of the users get voltages in the range of 360-380V. Since this voltage
levels are much lower than 415V special coils of 360 or 380 volts have to be designed specifically for agricultural
applications. These coils are restricted to applications where it is known that reduced voltage is available. These
coils don't find their applications in industrial applications where voltage supply is as per rated and stable. The
choice of 360V and 380V coils can be based on how low the supply voltage can dip to in that particular
installation. It is also to be noted that in such installation Phase to neutral voltage connection is not preferred for
coil voltages, due to the possible problem of neutral floating.
Standard Coil Voltages and their Applications 08
440V
These coil voltages are mainly used in Industrial applications, and there are chances of failure of coils due to
sustained high voltages These coils are restricted to applications where it is known that higher voltage is
available. These coils don't find their applications in industrial applications where voltage supply is rated and
stable.
110V
110V coils are generally used in applications where one wants to prevent any unauthorized start of the contactor.
For example in many applications, operating personnel tend to override the contactor drop command given by a
Distributed control system (DCS). This is mainly done by using easily available 240V single phase supply to on
the contactor. However if one uses 110V coils, it acts as an efficient deterrent against overriding DCS commands
as 240V supply to an 110V coil will damage the coil beyond repair. This acts as an efficient safety feature in the
system. It also efficiently isolates the coil supply from the main supply through a control transformer. 110V 60Hz
supply is also used mainly in western countries as 110V is much safer to operating personnel as compared to
240V. Also it should be noted that the allowable control cable length due to cable capacitance is highest at 110V.
(Refer application note: Guidelines on control cable lengths dated 12/07/2012)
24V DC
24V DC coils are mainly used in automation applications and in contactors which are used along with backup
supplies. In many process industries having the entire control through PLC one finds applications of 24V DC coil
contactors as 24V DC is predominantly required for PLC. Some of the contactors have low coil consumption coils
and can be directly actuated by the PLC without the use of an interface relay. PLC output, generally being
24V DC, DC coil voltage is required. 24V DC Coils are also largely used in battery backed up systems and UPS
applications. For example, in power plant a lot of critical equipment is kept on backup supply where actuation is
done through a DC coil contactor, 24 V DC being the most widely used.
Coil Voltage Application Caution

Limitation where pickup at low voltage is
240V AC Most commonly used coil voltage
required
Used where voltage fluctuation on lower side. Overvoltage withstand will be limited as band
220V AC
Can pick up at lower voltage shifts to lower side
Ideal for DG applications, there is a chance of
415V AC Allowable control cable length reduces
neutral floating
To be used in agricultural applications, where Overvoltage withstand will be limited as band
360 or 380V AC undervoltage is prevalent shifts to lower side
Used where voltage fluctuation on higher side. Pick up at lower side gets limited as band
440V AC shifts to higher side
Better withstand at sustained high voltage
Provides separation between control voltage Separate control transformer is needed which
110V AC and common available single phase supply. makes it expensive
Used in PLC applications or Automation Expensive due to high cost of DC Coils and
24V DC
systems, Eliminates need for interposing relay limitations of NC contacts
Technical Articles
09 Importance of using Surge Suppressor
Cause of voltage surges in the system
Surge Suppressors are mainly used to suppress the voltage spikes or surges that occur whenever any inductive
load is de-energized.
A general schematic of a contactor and load is shown below. The contactor is operated by an electromagnetic coil
which is energized to close the contacts and de-energized to open them.
Overload
Protection
Three Phase
Motor
L1 A
L2 A
L3 “Stop” “Start” A
Contacts Operated
by Contactor Coil
B
Contactor Overload
Coil Contacts
When the coil is de-energized its electromagnetic field collapses and being an inductive load it opposes this
sudden change by producing an Electromotive Force (EMF) given by,
di
E=L
dt
This is because the absolute change in current is very high and in a short duration of time. This coupled with high
inductance of the coil produces a voltage spike in the system. This voltage spike is of the order 8 to 10 times of the
rated coil voltage i.e. for a coil of rated voltage 240V AC the voltage surge can reach a value of around 2kV.
A typical surge characteristic is shown below,
Contactor switched off
Effects of voltage surges on the system
This voltage spike generated in the system has the potential to propagate to other components connected to the
same supply system. If the surge is not suppressed on time it will damage any sensitive electronic components
connected to the system.
Also if any counters or logic circuits are present in the system then the voltage spike will cause them to change
state momentarily, giving erroneous outputs. It may also damage the ICs beyond repair.
Hence it is very much imperative that the voltage spike is effectively dampened by absorbing the energy
associated with it. This is where a surge suppressor comes into the picture.
Mitigating Voltage Surges
As we have seen above it is very necessary to clamp down the voltage spike as it produces damaging effects for
electronic components in the system.
A surge suppressor is a device which is connected in parallel with the coil. During normal operation the
suppressor does not conduct as the supply voltage is much below its breakdown voltage. When a switching
surge is generated the device starts conducting providing a parallel path to the excess current. This prevents the
surge from propagating in the system and at the same time the spike is effectively suppressed. The device then
automatically resets when the overvoltage goes away. This can be clearly understood by the schematic given
below,
5 mA 30 A
Current Ideal Ideal
50 Ω Current 50 Ω
Source Protection Protection
Device Being Source Device Being
Device Device
Protected Protected
In the normal mode, the device being protected If there is a voltage or current surge, the ideal
doesn’t experience voltage or current surge events protection device becomes a perfect short-circuit
so the ideal protection device remains open. path to ground to protect the load.
Just as de-energization of contactor coil produces a voltage spike, external voltage surges in the system can also
be damaging to the coil. In case of electronic coils like those in MNX 550-650 & MCX 45/46/47, external surges in
the system may also damage the sensitive electronic components. In such cases a surge suppressor also
protects the coil from external voltage surges.
Now let us see the different types of surge suppressors
Types of Surge Suppressors

RC Surge Suppressor
RC surge suppressor is a resistor-capacitor in series combination which is in turn connected in parallel with the
coil. The capacitor absorbs the energy associated with voltage spike and the resistor controls the charging of the
capacitor. The values of resistor and capacitor are adjusted so as to provide efficient surge suppression.
MNX RC Surge Suppressor

Advantages
• Can be used with AC as well as DC circuit.

• Low cost
• Simple construction
MNX surge suppressors used with MNX contactor coils are RC surge suppressors
Technical Articles
11 Importance of using Surge Suppressor
Metal Oxide Varistor (MOV)
A Metal Oxide Varistor (MOV) as the name suggests it is a voltage dependent resistor. The result is that an MOV
has a high resistance at low voltage and a low resistance at high voltage. The varistor is connected in parallel with
the coil and only conducts when the voltage across it is beyond the clamping voltage. Thus when a surge occurs
the varistor offers a low resistance path and efficiently discharges the surge. However the follow through current
resulting due to a voltage strike gradually degrades the varistor and hence MOVs degrade from repeated
exposure to surges.
MOV Symbol Metal Oxide Varistors
Advantages
• No resonance.
• Usage in AC and DC circuit
• Superior price to performance ratio
• Capacity to conduct large surges
MOV surge suppressors are in-built in Electronic coils of MNX 550/650 and MCX 45/46/47.
Transient voltage suppression diode (TVS)

The operating principle of a TVS diode is similar to that of a MOV. The device operates by providing a parallel path
to the excess current when the voltage goes beyond its avalanche potential i.e. when a voltage surge occurs. At
all other voltages below its clamping voltage the diode acts as an open circuit. TVS diodes are available in both
unidirectional and bidirectional versions.
The response time of a TVS diode is much faster than a MOV and hence it provides an efficient suppression
against fast and damaging voltage transients. Also unlike MOV a TVS diode is not degraded by surges within its
rating. However TVS has a relatively lower energy absorbing capability as compared to a MOV. Hence TVS
diodes are generally preferred for circuits with smaller current spikes.
TVS Bidirectional diode symbol TVS Diodes

Advantages
• Optical Muffling
• Faster response time
• No device degradation after prolonged use
• No change in breakdown potential
MX Mini (DC) contactors have in built diode surge suppressors.
MDX DC contactors have diode surge suppressors. MDX 9-110 have inbuilt diode suppressor.
Following is the comparison between TVS diode and two MOVs of different
specifications
300
250
Clamping Voltage (v)
TVS
200 MOVE 1
MOVE 2
150
100
50
0
-10 -5 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40
Time(ns)
TVS Diodes have a significantly lower clamping voltage than the MOVs
As mentioned above MOV gets degraded due to repeated exposure to surges. This degradation greatly
impacts the leakage current, with varistor becoming more resistive after each over voltage while TVS diode
shows no such degradation
Device degradation also causes a shift in the breakdown voltage VBR. MOVs show a reduction in VBR after
each surge event while no such shift is observed in TVS diode.
Technical Articles
13 Contactor selection for 60 Hz control supply applications
Contactor coils are designed for 50 Hz supply frequency as Indian power system typically operates at 50 Hz.
However we do get requirement for 60 Hz coils from the international market. In some situations where a
dedicated 60 Hz coil is not available, the requirement can be sufficed by using a 50 Hz coil at an appropriate
voltage. The same is explained in detail below,
AC electromagnetic system in a contactor is a constant flux system. The electromagnetic force produced is
directly proportional to the flux which in turn is a function of supply voltage, supply frequency and coil number of
turns.
A contactor coil designed for 50 Hz or 60 Hz application, for the same supply voltage, must produce the same
amount of force. Hence, to achieve this, the basic difference between a dedicated 50 Hz and 60 Hz coil for same
voltage is the number of turns. A 240V 60 Hz coil will have lower no of turns as compared to a 240V 50 Hz coil.
Since a 50 Hz coil will have different number of turns than a 60 Hz coil, in order to use the same 50 Hz coil for 60
Hz application, the parameter that must be maintained constant in order to produce the same force is V/f
Let us further understand this with the help of an example,
Consider a requirement of a 240V 60 Hz coil. This requirement can be catered by a standard coil of 50 Hz such
that V/f ratio remains constant. Therefore,
V1 V2
=
¦1 ¦2
V60hz V50Hz
=
605 0
240 V50Hz
=
60 50
Hence V50Hz = (240 x 50)/60 = 200V
The nearest standard coil rating available is 220V 50 Hz. Applying the same principle of constant V/f ratio, the
new voltage of 220V 50 Hz coil at 60 Hz is 264V
If coil operating band is considered to be 80% to 110% of rated coil voltage, the operating limits of the coil at 60 Hz
will be considered at 264 V which turn out to be 211.2V to 290.4V
Hence a 220V 50 Hz coil can be used for a 240V 60 Hz application with a voltage band of 211.2 to 290.4V
The below table shows the new operating limits of the 50 Hz coil when used for 60 Hz applications
Std 50 Hz coil Coil Pick up band at 60 Hz

Range
(voltage) Lower limit Upper limit
110 86 158
MNX 9-32 220 172 317
240 187 346
110 106 145
MNX 40-650 220 211 290
240 230 317
Contactor selection for 60 Hz control supply applications 14
The following table gives the recommended 50 Hz coils to be used in 60 Hz applications for specified operating
band,
Range Requirement Recommended Coil Pick up Band
110V 60 Hz 110V 50 Hz 86 - 158V

MNX 9-32 220V 60 Hz 220V 50 Hz 172 - 317V
240V 60 Hz 220V 50 Hz 172 - 317V
MNX 40-650 240V 60 Hz 220V 50 Hz 211 - 290V
Hence when selecting a 50 Hz coil for 60 Hz application, one must ensure that the rated voltage is well within the
operating limits at 60 Hz and the permissible variation on the lower side must be communicated to the customer.
Note: MO contactors are suitable for 50 / 60 Hz. refer date sheet for pickup band
MO 9 - 45 MO 50 - 300
(%Uc) 65 - 110 75 - 110
24V 16 - 27 18 - 27
42V 27 - 46 32 - 46
48V 31 - 52 36 - 52
110V 72 - 121 83 - 121
220V 143 - 242 165 - 242

Pickup
(50 Hz) 240V 156 - 264 180 - 264
320V 20 - 352 240 - 352
360V 234 - 396 270 - 396
380V 247 - 418 285 - 418
415V 270 - 456 312 - 456
525V 341 - 577 394 - 577
MO 9 - 300
(%Uc) 85 - 110
24V 20 - 26
42V 36 - 46
48V 40 - 52
110V 94 - 121
Pickup
(60 Hz) 220V 187 - 242
240V 204 - 264
320V 272 - 352
360V 306 - 396
380V 323 - 418
415V 353 - 465
525V 446 - 577
Technical Articles
Selection of Contactors for AC-4 (Crane Duty)
15 Applications
Application Brief
Crane duty application is an example of AC-4 utilization category where the contactor is subjected to severe
Inching operations. This is the case when the motors are used in DOL configuration without Variable frequency
drives for speed and torque control. As such, Crane duty application is one of the most severe applications
greatly straining the contactor.
In the earlier days Slip ring motors dominated crane duty applications. However nowadays we find both squirrel
cage as well as slip ring induction motors being used for crane applications. With advent of Variable frequency
drives providing efficient Speed and torque control, the application becomes less severe for the contactors. This
is because all the switching needs are taken care by the VFD and the contactor can be selected as per AC-1
utilization category. However VFD is a costly proposition and in price driven markets like India, many still prefer to
use contactors in conventional configuration for their crane duty applications.
This application notes explains how one should go about selecting the contactors when VFD is not into the
picture. In such a scenario the contactor is expected to undergo severe inching operations and hence life of the
contactor becomes paramount selection criteria.
Selection of contactors based AC-4 Current Rating and Electrical Life Curves
As emphasized above, the life of the contactor is an important parameter and one must be clear about the life one
expects from the contactors when used for crane duty applications. Most of the crane duty manufacturers would
expect a certain fixed amount of life and this would then guide their contactor selection.
Power contactors usually have an AC-4 rating mentioned in the product catalogue. However the electrical life
given in Life curves is also an important criterion which influences contactor selection.
For example,
Consider MO32 Power Contactor. The rated AC-4 current of MO32 is 32A.
MO 225
MO 250
MO 140
MO 300
MO 185
MO 110
MO 12
MO 18
MO 25
MO 32
MO 40
MO 45
MO 50
MO 60
MO 70
MO 80
MO 95
MO 9
1000
No. of operating cycles in Thousands
100
10
1 10 100 1000
Operational current,Ie in Amperes
The Electrical life of MO 32 at 32A AC-4 is 50000. When a 32A contactor is used for 32A AC-4 application, one
gets an operation life of 50000 operating cycles. If the contactor does approximately 500 switching cycles per
week then the contactor will last for a period of 50000/500 = 100 weeks i.e. roughly 2 Years.
Applications 16
Here the user must be aware of the approximate switching frequency that the contactors will be subjected too in a
given day and then based on the life he desires he can back calculate to arrive at contactor rating.
For example,
User Specifications are given below,
Switching Operations per day: 300

Rated Motor current: 30A
Desired Contactor Life: 3 Years
Electrical Life = 300 x 365 x 3 = 328500 = 0.3 Million
Referring the electrical life curves, the contactor that gives a life of 0.35 million at 30A AC-4 current is MO 95.
Hence for this requirement MO 95 is the correct contactor selection.
If one directly selects the contactor as per rated current without considering the electrical life then the electrical
life at 30 A AC-4 will be approximately 57000. Hence the contactor will last only for (57000/300) 190 days which is
much lower than desired life.
Always consider the rated current and desired Electrical life and based on that arrive at the contactor
rating through Electrical life curves.
Selection of contactors for 200000 Operating cycles at rated AC-4 current
Most of the times users are not aware of the exact operating cycles the contactor may be subjected too and
hence they can refer a standard benchmark of 200000 operating cycles. This rating is given as a ready reckoner
in catalogue and the user is assured of 200000 AC-4 operating cycles if the selection is as per this rating.
Below is the selection table of contactors for 200000 operating cycles
Rated current (A) for Rated current (A) for

Contactor 200000 operating cycles Contactor 200000 operating cycles
at AC-4 415V 50Hz at AC-4 415V 50Hz
MO 9 5.3 MO 80 34
MO 12 7.3 MO 95 37
MO 18 9 MO 110 41
MO 25 16 MO 140 60
MO 32 16 MO 185 75
MO 40 18 MO 225 85
MO 45 19 MO 250 100
MO 50 23 MO 300 130
MO 60 25
MO 70 27
For example, if one wants 200000 operating cycles for the rated current of 9A AC-4 then contactor selected
should be MO 18 or above
This method of contactor selection is much simpler and must be employed when one expects a fixed
electrical life of 200000 operating cycles which is more than sufficient for crane duty applications. If
one desires a higher life than 200000 then one can derate the contactors by selecting one or two
ratings higher or lower if lower life is acceptable and then verify the selection through Electrical life
curves.
Technical Articles
17 Applications
Annexure:
Selection Chart for Slip Ring Induction Motors for Crane Duty Applications
Stator duty - 415V Rotor duty: Delta

50Hz (10 min Connected (10 Min Max rotor voltage
cycle duration) Cycle duration)
Duty Factor 20% 40% 60% 20% 40% 60% Starting Plugging Speed Control
MO 9 12A 10.5A 9.5A 40A 35A 30A 1100V 415V 550V
MO12 17A 15A 13A 51A 42A 39A 1100V 415V 550V
MO 18 23A 19.5A 17.5A 63A 54A 47A 1100V 415V 550V
MO 25 32A 27A 23A 93A 80A 70A 1100V 415V 550V
MO 32 45A 39A 34A 102A 87A 76A 1100V 415V 550V
MO 40 50A 42A 37A 115A 95A 86A 1100V 415V 550V
MO 45 50A 42A 37A 115A 95A 86A 1100V 415V 550V
MO 50 63A 54A 48A 140A 120A 110A 1100V 415V 550V
MO 60 85A 73A 65A 180A 155A 140A 1100V 415V 550V
MO 70 110A 95A 85A 215A 185A 163A 1100V 415V 550V
MO 80 110A 95A 85A 215A 185A 163A 1100V 415V 550V
MO 95 165A 135A 120A 260A 230A 200A 2200V 415V 690V
MO 110 185A 150A 135A 300A 260A 230A 2200V 415V 690V
MO 140 210A 210A 175A 315A 315A 262A 2000V 415V 600V
MO 185 288A 288A 228A 416A 416A 343A 2000V 415V 600V
MO 225 331A 331A 281A 505A 505A 417A 2000V 415V 600V
MO 250 332A 332A 282A 506A 506A 423A 2000V 415V 600V
MO 300 407A 407A 340A 610A 610A 510A 2000V 415V 600V
Contactor Selection for Motors with long starting time 18
This note explains contactor selection for motors with long starting time. The note has been divided into three
parts for easy understanding of the concepts involved. They are as follows,
1. Understanding Motor Inrush Current

2. Long Starting Time Applications
3. Contactor selection for motors with long starting time
Understanding Motor Inrush Current (Stator current)

A motor generally drives a load through some transmission system. During start, the motor draws a high starting
current or inrush current.
This current is about 6-8 times the motor rated current and can cause a significant voltage drop. This voltage
fluctuation affects other devices connected to the same supply. Hence several other strategies are employed for
starting motors to reduce its starting current; the most commonly employed being the Star–Delta starting.
The starting value of the current is independent of the load attached; however it must be sufficient to overcome
the inertia of the motor load system. However, inertia of the load impacts the starting time of the motor as
explained in the next part. As the motor accelerates and nears its rated speed, the current gradually reduces and
settles down to a value equal to motor rated current or less depending on the actual load connected. The typical
torque-speed characteristics of an induction motor are as given below,
300 Locked Rotor or

Breakaway Torque Breakdown or
Peak Torque
% Torque
200 Rated Load

Torque
Pull-up Torque
100 Synchronous
% Speed
Speed/torque curve for a NEMA design B motor
Long Starting Time Applications

The total time from rest till the motor draws its rated current is called the starting time. The starting time of the
motor is a function of the load inertia, load speed and the starting torque developed by the motor. A high inertia
load requires an extended time to reach full speed and hence the motor also draws high starting current for a long
time. The motor starting time is specified by the manufacturer in the motor data sheet. Since motor starting time is
also a function of applied voltage it differs for different starting methods. For example starting time of the motor
with Direct-Online starting would be different than with Star-Delta starting.
The starting line current in Star Delta configuration is one third of the starting current of the same motor in DOL
configuration. However applied voltage and therefore starting torque also reduces, leading to higher starting
time.
Technical Articles
19 Contactor Selection for Motors with long starting time
The applications are generally those in which the motor starting time is around 40 to
120 secs.
Typical applications involving motors with a high starting time are,

• Induced Draft Fans (ID Fans)
• Forced Draft Fans (FD Fans)
ID and FD fans have a high inertia and hence motors required to drive them will have a long starting time. As a
result the motor will draw high inrush current for an extended period of time.
The high inrush current drawn by the motor at start is carried by the contactors that are used for switching. Since,
this current flows for an extended period of time, the contactor needs to be selected judiciously. Guidelines for
selection of contactor rating is as follows
Contactor Selection for motors with long starting time
Contactors are selected based on their overload current withstand capability. Overload withstand capability is
defined in IEC 60947-4-1 as given below,
Rated Operational Current Ie(AC3) Test Current Duration of Test

£
630 A 8 x Ie max/AC-3 10 sec
>
630 A 6 x Ie max/AC-3* 10 sec
It means that a contactor with rated operational current equal to or less than 630A can withstand 8 times its rated
AC3 operational current for a period of 10 seconds. This rating is also called as the 10 sec rating of the
contactors.
For Example:
Let Rated operational current (AC3 Utilization category) of contactor = 400A
Then the maximum current it can carry for a period of 10 sec = 8 x Ie = 3200A
Now let us look at an example, how to arrive at minimum AC3 Ratings of the Star, Main and Delta contactors
Motor specifications
Motor kW Rating: 160 kW
Motor Full Load Line Current: 304A
Motor Starting time in Star-Delta: 85 sec
Solution:
Delta contactor can be directly selected as per type 2 chart specified by the contactor manufacturer. This is
because delta contactor is connected only when the motor has reached near its rated speed and motor current
has reduced to its full load value
Contactor Selection for Motors with long starting time 20
For selection of Star contactor and Main contactor, the withstand current must be taken into
consideration
A general schematic of Star-Delta starter is shown below,
R
Y
IfI
B
N
Starting current in a normal delta motor with DOL starting is around 6 - 8
Fuse times the motor full load current. However in Star-Delta starter motor
starting current in star is reduced to 1/3 of this value. Typically starting
current when using Star-Delta starting method is around 2.2 times motor
IfI / root 3 full load current.
Starting current (Is) = 2.2 x motor full load current = 2.2 x 304 = 669A
Line Delta
Contactor Contactor
Star
Contactor Starting time (Ts) = 85 sec
Therefore, (Is) 2 x (Ts) = 669 x 669 x 85………………. (A)
Relay
U1
V1
W1
Now, Value (A) must be less than the contactor withstand capacity. i.e.
3Ø MOTOR
V2 U2
Based on IEC 60947-4-1,

W2
2
Contactor Withstand Capacity = (8 Ie (AC3) x 10……………. (B)
It is required that, B > A
Ie (AC3) > ()
A ¸
10
8
Solving the above equation: Ie(AC3) ≥ 243.8
The contactor must be selected such that its rated AC-3 current Ie satisfies the above condition.
Therefore in this case MNX 265 can be selected for Star & Main Contactor.
The rating thus arrived at should be compared with the rating of the contactor as given in Type2 Chart, and the
higher rating of the two shall be selected
For e.g. In this case, the start and Main contactor rating as given in fused Type 2 chart for 160 kW motor is MNX
140 for Star and Main is MNX 185. Comparing this with the rating arrived at earlier, which is MNX 265, the correct
selection will be to use MNX 265
In case of a 160 kW motor with normal starting time (<10 sec) the selection of contactors according to type 2
charts is:
Star Contactor: MNX 140

Main and Delta Contactor: MNX 185
However for the same 160 kW motor with long starting time (85 sec in this case) the contactor selection is:

Main Contactor: MNX 265
Delta Contactor: MNX 185
Technical Articles
21 Control Transformer sizing for contactor actuation
Introduction
A contactor is an electromagnetic device consisting of a coil and magnet system along with fixed and moving
contacts. When the coil is energized, it produces a magnetic field thereby attracting the moving magnet. This
causes the fixed and moving contacts to connect and the contactor is said to be actuated. The energization of
contactor coil is usually done through a control transformer.
This is mainly done because voltage requirements vary with control systems and with an intermediary control
transformer the desired voltage can be obtained.
When a contactor coil is energized, it draws in a high inrush current momentarily. Apart from contactor coils,
relays and solenoids are some other devices which draw inrush current when energized. The control transformer
selected must be able to accommodate this momentary high inrush current for a satisfactory operation.
Selection of a control transformer
For a proper selection of control transformer, three parameters of the load circuit must be determined in addition
to the minimum voltage required to operate the circuit. These are Hold on VA, Pick-Up VA, and Inrush load power
factor.
Hold-On VA: Hold-On VA is the product of load voltage (V) multiplied by the current that is required to operate the
circuit after initial start up or under normal operating conditions. It is calculated by adding the hold-on VA
requirements of all the electrical devices of the circuit that will be energized at any given time. Hold-On VA is also
sometimes referred as steady state VA.
Pick-Up VA: Pick-Up VA is the product of load voltage (V) multiplied by the current (A) that is required during start
up. It is calculated by adding the pick-up VA requirements of all devices (contactors, timers, relays, solenoids,
etc) which will be energized together. Energization of electromagnetic devices takes 20-50 milliseconds. During
this inrush period, the electromagnetic devices draw 3 to 10 times the normal current.
Inrush Load power factor: Inrush load power factor is difficult to determine without a detailed vector analysis of
all the load components. Generally such analysis is not feasible; hence a safe assumption would be 40% power
factor. Until recently 20% power factor was commonly used for transformer calculations; however tests
conducted on major brands of control devices indicate that 40% power factor is a same assumption.
It is recommended that a control transformer be sized at 40% power factor. Some electromagnetic devices
typically operate at that level due to their inherently low power factor. Selecting a control transformer at 40%
power factor will be more than the adequate size for all the various loads in the circuit.
Besides the above parameters there are two parameters of primary and secondary voltage. Primary voltage is
the voltage available from electrical distribution system which is connected to the transformer supply terminals.
Secondary voltage is the voltage required for load operation which is connected to the transformer load voltage
terminals.
Steps for selection of control transformer

1) Determine the supply and load voltages as per requirement. The supply voltage is the voltage available to
control transformer and load voltage is the operating voltage of all the devices connected to the
transformer output.
2) Determine the hold-on and pick-up VA of each coil in the control circuit. This data is provided by the product
manufacturer in the datasheet.
3) Calculate the hold-on VA by adding the VA requirements of all the equipment that will be energized
together (timers, contactors, relays, solenoids, pilot lamps etc).
4) Calculate the Pick-Up VA of all the coils that will be energized together. Be sure to include the hold-on VA of
components that don't have inrush (lamps, timers) as they present load to the transformer during
maximum inrush.
5) Calculate the application Inrush VA by using the following industry accepted formula.
6) Based on the value of application Inrush VA obtained, use regulation chart for selecting the control
transformer rating.
2 2
Application Inrush VA = (Pick Up VA) + (Hold On VA)
Using regulation chart to select the transformer rating

Continuous VA Inrush V A @ 40% Power Factor
Transformer
Name plate 85% Secondary 90% Secondary 95% Secondary
rating (A) Voltage Voltage (B) Voltage
25 160 130 95
50 270 210 160
75 435 365 255
100 635 520 370
150 1300 1010 700
200 1975 1500 1020
250 2680 2030 1340
350 3665 2820 1895
500 6300 5035 3305
750 10555 7920 5050
1000 15225 11160 6000
The above regulation chart gives the continuous rating of the control transformer and the corresponding inrush
VA at different secondary voltage levels. This secondary voltage value depends on internal losses in the
transformer.
After calculating the application inrush VA as discussed above, determine the secondary voltage level of the
transformer. Column B indicates that during inrush, 90% of the rated voltage would be available at the
transformer secondary, which is an acceptable drop in rated voltage. Once this is determined, read down the
column until you arrive at a value which is more than the application inrush VA calculated. Corresponding to this
value, the value in column A would be the nameplate rating of the control transformer.
As a final check, make sure that the transformer VA rating is equal to or greater than the total circuit Hold-On
requirements.
Technical Articles
Let us further understand this with the help of an example,
Consider MNX 110 contactor,
Pick Up VA = 550 VA
Hold On VA = 36 VA
Application Inrush = √(550 + 36 ) = 552 VA
2 2
Now from the above table we consider the secondary voltage delivered by the transformer as 90% of the
nameplate secondary voltage under maximum inrush conditions at rated input voltage.
In column B, under 90% secondary voltage, we have to select a value more than 552 VA. The nearest value
greater than 552 VA is 1010 VA. Corresponding to the value the control transformer nameplate rating is 150 VA in
column A.
Hence rating of the control transformer for energizing MNX 110 is 150 VA
Let us now consider MO 110 contactor,
Pick-up VA = 240 VA
Hold-on VA = 25 VA
Application Inrush = √ (2402 + 252) = 241.3 VA
Now from the above table we consider the secondary voltage delivered by the transformer as 90% of the
nameplate secondary voltage under maximum inrush conditions at rated input voltage.
In column B, under 90% secondary voltage, we have to select a value more than 242 VA. The nearest value
greater than 242 VA is 365 VA. Corresponding to this value the control transformer nameplate rating is 75 VA in
column A.
Hence rating of the control transformer for energizing MO 110 is 75 VA
Summarizing for an 110A AC3 contactor the comparison is as below,

Contactor MNX 110 MO 110
Pick-Up VA 550 240
Hold-On VA 36 25
Application Inrush 550 241.2
Size of Control Transformer 150 VA 75 VA
It can be seen that with MO contactors, there is a significant reduction in control transformer size. This
will in turn result in cost savings for the user.
The above method assumes that all contactors are picked up at the same time.
There is also an alternative, more accurate way for sizing the control transformer. This method is more
application specific and depends on the exact number of components that are actuated at a given point of time.
Let us consider a general example of a system having five Star-Delta motor feeders each of 50 HP motors. A
typical Star-Delta feeder would consist of a Star contactor, Main contractor and a delta contactor. It would also
have two auxiliary contactors, one for start interlocking and one for emergency stop.
We will now compute the pick-up VA requirements at different instants of time and would select the control
transformer corresponding to the highest Pick-up VA requirement at any given time instant.
Case 1: Considering MNX contactors
For a 120 HP Star delta feeder as per Fuse based type 2 charts, selection would be,
Main/Delta Contactor: MNX 95
Auxiliary contactor: MX0 (One for start interlocking and one for emergency stop)
Since there are 5 feeders total contactors are,

MNX 80: 5 Nos
MNX 95: 10 Nos
MX0: 10 Nos (2 in each feeder)
The Pick-up and Hold-on VA of individual contactors is as given below,

Contactor Pick-Up VA Hold-On VA
MNX 80 190 21
MNX 95 550 36
MX0 26 4.5
At t = 0 (At Panel Power On)

The emergency contactors in all five feeders will pick up.
Total Pick-up VA = 26 x 5 VA
= 130 VA
At t = 1 (When Start command is given)

The star contactor, main contactor and start interlocking auxiliary contactor will pick-up
Total Pick-up VA = (190 x 5) + (550 x 5) + (26 x 5)
= 3830 VA
At t = 2 (At Star to Delta Changeover)

The Star contactor will drop off and the delta contactor will pick-up
Total Pick-up VA = 550 x 5
= 2750 VA
At t = 0 except star contactor all contactors will be picked up. Hence Hold on VA would be maximum at t=2 Total
Hold-on VA = (36 x 10) + (4.5 x 10)
= 405 VA
Maximum Pick-up VA requirement = 3830 VA

Maximum Hold-on VA requirement = 405 VA
Assuming secondary voltage to be 90% of the rated value,
The control transformer rating to be selected is 500 VA
Had we assumed that all the contactors pick-up at the same time the control transformer selection would have
been computed as below,
Pick-Up VA = 190 x 5 + 550 x 10 + 26 x 10

= 6710 VA
Hold-On VA = 21 x 5 + 36 x 10 + 4.5 x 10
= 510 VA
Hence the control transformer rating would be 750 VA, which is much more than the earlier calculated rating. So
the earlier method which takes into account the application gives a more accurate control transformer sizing
Technical Articles
Case 2: Considering MO contactors
For a 120 HP Star delta feeder as per type 2 charts, selection would be,
Star Contactor: MO 80
Main/Delta Contactor: MO 95
Auxiliary contactor: MX0 (One for start interlocking and one for emergency stop)
Since there are 5 feeders total contactors are,

MO 80: 5 Nos
MO 95: 10 Nos
MX0: 10 Nos (2 in each feeder)
The pick up and Hold-on VA of individual contactors is as given below,

Contactor Pick-up VA Hold-on VA
MO 80 240 25
MO 95 240 25
MX0 26 4.5
At t = 0 (At Panel Power On)

The emergency contactors in all five feeders will pick up.
Total Pick-up VA = 26 x 5 VA
= 130 VA
At t = 1 (When Start command is given)

The star contactor, main contactor, and start interlocking auxiliary contactor will pick up
Total Pick-up VA = (240 x 5) + (240 x 5) + (26 x 5)
= 2530 VA
At t = 2 (At Star to Delta Changeover)

The Star contactor will drop off and the main contactor will pick up
Total Pick-up VA = 240 x 5
= 1200 VA
At t = 2 except star contactor all contactors will be picked up. Hence Hold on VA would be maximum at t=2
Total Hold-on VA = (25 x 10) + (4.5 x 10)
= 295 VA
Maximum Pick-up VA requirement = 2530 VA

Maximum Hold-on VA requirement = 295 VA
Assuming secondary voltage to be 90% of the rated value,
The control transformer rating to be selected is 350 VA
Had we assumed that all the contactors pick up at the same time the control transformer selection would
have been computed as below,
Pick-Up VA = 240 x 5 + 26 x 10
= 3860 VA
Hold-On VA = 25 x 15 + 4.5 x 10
= 420 VA
Hence the control transformer rating would be 500 VA, which is much more than the earlier calculated rating. So
the earlier method which takes into account the application gives a more accurate control transformer sizing
From the above computation it is clear that control transformer size with MO contactors is much lower than
that obtained by using MNX contactors. This greatly reduces the cost of the control transformer providing
direct benefit to the user. Thus MO turns out to be an economical solution over MNX with regards to control
transformer sizing for the end user.
Annexure
Below is the table for control transformer ratings for MNX & MO range of contactors (single contactor) at 90%
secondary voltage
MNX Power Contactors
Pick-up VA Hold-on VA Application Inrush Transformer VA rating

MNX Frame Wise (Single Coil) (Single Coil) VA (Single Coil) (For single Coil)
MNX 9-22 68 11 69 25
MNX 25-40 68 11 69 25
MNX 50-80 190 21 191 50
MNX 95-140 550 36 551 150
MNX 185-225 960 56 962 150
MNX 300-400 2100 95 2102 350
MNX 550-650 1000 25 1000 150
MO Power Contactors
Pick-up VA Hold-on VA Application Inrush Transformer VA rating

MO Frame Wise (Single Coil) (Single Coil) VA (Single Coil) (For single Coil)
MO 9-45 77 9 77.5 25
MO 50-70 144 15 144.8 50
MO 80-110 240 25 241.3 75
MO 140-225 1000 50 1001.25 150
MO 250-300 1400 65 1401.5 200
Technical Articles
27 Application Guide for Reduced Voltage Autotransformer Starter
Background:
With the introduction of M-Line range of controlgear products and F-Line range of SDFs a need for a
comprehensive selection chart for autotransformer motor feeder was felt necessary. Also, we have been
receiving queries from various branches for an application guide on the same.
Brief Description:
An autotransformer starter reduces inrush current by using a transformer in the line just ahead of the motor
to step down the voltage applied to the motor terminals. By reducing the voltage, the current drawn from the
line is reduced during start-up.
Starting with reduced voltage decreases the full load current at the motor terminals in proportion to the
voltage reduction while the full load torque is reduced by the square of the voltage reduction.
Recommended Wiring Diagram

1/l1
3/l2
5/l3
-Q1
12
34
56
-F2
2
5
1
-KM3 -KM2
W1 6
U1 2
V1 4
2
-T1
U3
V3
W3
6 W2
W
U
2 U2
V
4 V2
M -KM1
3~
1
Operation
In autotransformer starters, the motor is started at reduced voltage, which is supplied from an
autotransformer. The starting sequence has three stages.
During the first stage, the autotransformer is star connected, and the line contactor is closed. This starts the
motor with a reduced voltage, the value of which depends upon the ratio selected for the transformer.
Autotransformers are normally provided with taps to allow the best ratio to be chosen during commissioning.
In the second stage, the star connection is opened, and the autotransformer acts as an inductor connected
in series with the motor. This transition is normally timed to occur when the motor speed has stabilized at the
end of the run-up period.
The third stage then follows almost immediately, and involves shunting the transformer completely, so that
the motor is directly connected to the supply.
As shown in the wiring diagram

Ø Star connection of the autotransformer is made by KM1, then contactor KM2 closes and the motor starts
under reduced voltage.
The neutral point is opened by KM1; part of the autotransformer winding is switched into each phase for a
Ø
short moment, constituting a stator starting inductance.
Ø
KM3 switches the motor to full mains voltage and causes the autotransformer to be shunted out of circuit
by KM2.
Contactor Switching Sequence

Contactor Start Transition (initial) Transition (final) ON
KM1 (Star) Close Open Open Open
KM2 (Step) Close Close Close Open
KM3 (Main) Open Open Open Close
When the motor is directly switched to lines, the motor current is generally 6 times the full load current.
Istart = 6I n = V/Z (3) 1/3

Ø
Istart = Starting motor current
In = Full load current
V = Line voltage
In case of autotransformer if a tapping of transformation ratio K is used, then Vph across motor is KV/(3) 1/3
Motor Current during start; I = KV/Z (3) 1/3

= KIstart
= K*6In
The current taken by the autotransformer is KI2.

= K2 *6In
= K 2 Istart
Hence, though the motor current is reduced by only K times the direct switching current, the current taken by
the line is reduced by K2 times.
Similarly for starting torque,

1/3 2
Ø
T1 ∞ (V/3 )
T1 = torque during direct starting.
With an autotransformer,
T2 ∞ (kV/31/3)2
Ø
T1 = torque with autotransformer starting.
2
Hence, T2 / T1 = K
Starting torque with autotransformer = K2 * Starting torque with direct on-line

starting.
Thus it provides maximum starting torque with minimal line current. Due to transformer action, the line
current will be 25 %, 42 % or 64 % of full voltage values for the 50 %, 65 % or 80 % taps respectively.
Technical Articles
29 Application Guide for Reduced Voltage Autotransformer Starter
Operating Curves
Currant
XIN XCN
Torqua
7 2.5
I 6
D
2
5
1 1.5
4
1
I 3 C 1
2 N
2 2
2
0.5
3
I 1
N
0
0 0 0.25 0.50 0.75 1
0 0.25 0.50 0.75 1 Speed
Speed
1. Direct Switching Current 1. Direct Motor Torque

2. Current with Autotransformer 2. Torque with Autotransformer
3. Load Torque
The autotransformer motor starter selection chart is based on the closed transition which never disconnects the
motor from the power source, and transient phenomena are eliminated. This is also known as ‘Korndorfer’
method.
The transition from reduced voltage to full voltage on motor starters can be based on current or time. The over
current relay monitors the motor current. When the motor current drops below the preset value, the relay signals
the motor starter to switch to full voltage. Or when the setting time on the timer has expired, the autotransformer is
bypassed.
Typically autotransformer has three taps, which provide 50%, 65% and 80% of full line voltage. The
autotransformer starter can be used for any squirrel-cage motor. Typically autotransformer has three taps,
which provide 50%, 65% and 80% of full line voltage. The autotransformer starter can be used for any squirrel-
cage motor.
Conclusion:
This chart provides aready reckoner for selection of components for an autotransformer motor feeder.
Mtor Ratg: 3Ø, 415, 50 Hz Contactor Relay
HP kW In (A) MaIn (KM3) Step (KM2) Star (KM1) Type Range (A) Fuse Rating (A) SDF
50% 65% 80%
7.5 5.5 11.2 MO 12 MO 9 MO 9 MO 9 MO 9 RTO - 1 8.5-12.5 HF 32 FN 32
10 7.5 14.8 MO 18 MO 9 MO 9 MO 12 MO 9 RTO - 1 12.5-18.5 HF 32 FN 32
12.5 9.3 19 MO 25 MO 9 MO 9 MO 18 MO 9 RTO - 1 17-25.5 HF 50 FN 63
15 11 22 MO 25 MO 9 MO 12 MO 18 MO 12 RTO - 1 17-25.5 HF 63 FN 63
17.5 13 24 MO 32 MO 9 MO 12 MO 18 MO 12 RTO - 1 17-25.5 HF 63 FN 63
20 15 29 MO 32 MO 9 MO 18 MO 25 MO 18 RTO - 1 25-37 HF 63 FN 63
25 18.6 35 MO 40 MO 9 MO 18 MO 25 MO 18 RTO - 1 25-37 HN, 000 80 FN 100
35 26 47 MO 50 MO 12 MO 25 MO 32 MO 25 RTO - 2 40-57 HN, 000 100 FN 100
245 180 320 MNX 400 MO 95 MO 140 MO 225 MO 140 RTO - 4 255-375 HN, 2 400 FN 400
270 200 340 MNX 400 MO 95 MO 185 MO 225 MO 185 RTO - 4 255-375 HN, 3 500 FN 630
300 225 385 MNX 550 MO 110 MO 185 MO 250 MO 185 MN 12 340-570 HN, 3 500 FN 630
430 315 535 MNX 550 MO 140 MO 300 MNX 400 MO 250 MN 12 340-570 HN, 3 630 FN 630
Technical Articles
31 Length of control cables
Introduction
There is an inherent capacitance in cables. The cable capacitance indicates how much charge the cable can
store within itself. If a voltage is being applied the insulation on the individual wires becomes charged by the
voltage. This cable capacitance is defined in µF/km. With higher lengths of cable the ability to store charge also
increases.
With advent of technology and focus on energy saving, contactors are also becoming energy efficient and
compact. However there is one issue linked with low VA consumption of AC coil of contactors. When the control
cable length is high, the cable capacitance is more and it may be sufficient to store energy for providing hold on
VA to contactor coil. This may lead to delayed drop off of the contactor. This applies to contactors operating with
AC control supply only.
The effect of cable capacitance depends on the design of the control circuit as shown below,
L1
N
CL Q11
In this case, when the coil is de-energized the net cable capacitance is disconnected from the supply and
discharges through the coil. Hence there may be a slight delay in contactor drop off due to CL
L1
N
CL
Q11
In this case, the net cable capacitance continues to remain connected to the supply even after the coil supply is
switched off. This capacitance will feed the coil and if the energy stored in the capacitance is more than coil Hold-
on VA, the coil will continue to remain energized and the contactor will fail to drop.
The problem of cable capacitances is mainly encountered in large scale installations such a crane systems in
container terminals or where control is from field devices or automation system situated away from the control
panels.
Maximum permissible control cable length for reliable contactor drop off can be defined as below:
) ( PH ) meter
6
m * 10
L < 3.18 ( m+1 C *U 2
C C
where,
L - Length of control cable in meter
m - ratio of minimum drop-off voltage to rated coil voltage
PH - Rated Hold-On power of the contactor in VA
CC - Cable capacitance per unit length in μF/km
UC - Rated control supply voltage in V
Length of control cables 32
The following table gives a ready reckoner of maximum control cable length for MX contactor (AC) to ensure
a clear drop off when control supply is cut off:
Hold-On Min Drop-off

Voltage/Rated voltage L (m) <
Family Contactors Power PH
(VA)
Ud / Uc 110 V 240 V 415 V
MX mini MX 0/6/9/12 AC 4.5 0.3 1365.74 286.63 95.95
MNX 9 - 40 11 0.35 3751.0 788.0 263.5
MNX 50 - 80 21 0.35 7161.0 1504.3 503.1
MNX 95 - 140 36 0.35 12276.0 2578.8 862.5
MNX
MNX 185 - 225 56 0.35 19096.1 4011.5 1341.6
MNX 300 - 400 95 0.35 32395.1 6805.2 2276.0
MNX 550 - 650 25 0.35 8525.0 1790.8 598.9
MO 9 - 45 9 0.35 3069.0 644.7 215.6
MO MO 50 - 70 15 0.35 5115.0 1074.5 359.4
MO 80 - 110 25 0.35 8525.0 1790.8 598.9
MO 140 - 225 50 0.35 17050.0 3581.7 1197.9
MO 140 - 225 * 17 0.25 4472.0 939.4 314.2
MO 250 - 300 65 0.35 22165.0 4656.2 1557.2
MO 250 - 300 * 17 0.25 4472.0 939.4 314.2
MO0 MO0 AC 9 0.4 1365.74 710.42 237.6
* Electronic coil version
The following graphs give the trend of permissible control cable lengths with Hold-On VA at different voltage
ranges. It must be noted that the trends are given at most common values of cable capacitances Cc.
Cc= 0.2 and Cc = 0.3 μf/km
Applicable for MNX / MO Contactors
Cc = 0.2 µf / km For Cc = 0.3 µf / km

1000000 100000
100000
10000
10000
1000
Length (m)
Length (m)
1000
100
100
10
10
1 1
1 10 100 1000 1 10 100 1000
Hold On VA Hold On VA
110 V 240 V 415 V 110 V 240 V 415 V
Technical Articles
33 Length of control cables
Applicable for MX Mini & MX0 Control Contactors
For Cc = 0.2 µf / km For Cc = 0.3 µf / km

100000 100000
10000 10000
1000 1000
Length (m)
Length (m)
100 100
10 10
1 1
1 10 100 1000 1 10 100 1000
Hold On VA Hold On VA
110 V 240 V 415 V 110 V 240 V 415 V
Today, street lighting commonly uses high intensity discharge lamps. The lamps generally used for street
lighting and outdoor lighting are given below.
• Metal Halide lamps

• Sodium vapour lamps
Out of these, high pressure sodium vapour lamps are the most ubiquitous for street lighting because they are
the most efficient light source. HPSV lamps are preferred because even though it has low colour rendering, it
is not a major requirement in street lighting applications. The comparison is shown in the annex.
Brief description of HPSV lamp

Cap Stem Sodium-Resistant Seal IR Coating Outer Bulb Upper Support
Barium Getter Lower Support Cathode Discharge Tube Sodium (Heat Reflector)
Operation: -
Ø
These lamps use an alloy of sodium and mercury (called sodium amalgam) in a discharge through xenon
gas at high pressure inside the arc tube.
There is an ignitor built into the ballast which sends a pulse of high voltage energy (3000V to 4500V)
Ø
through the arc tube. This pulse starts an arc through the xenon gas.
Ø
This ignitor operates within a second or two after switch on, and through the ballast induces aseries of
very high voltage pulses to ignite the lamp. Once the lamp has started, the internal ignitor stops operating.
Ø
Xenon gas is ionized and this facilitates striking of arc when voltage is applied across electrodes. The heat
generated by the arc then vaporizes the mercury and sodium. The mercury vapor raises the gas pressure
and the sodium vapour produces light when the pressure within the arc tube is sufficient.
Current profile
Inrush current during switch ON due to charging of circuit capacitors - With the capacitor introduced in
the supply circuit for power factor compensation, it draws a charging current during switching ON. The value
of inrush current during switch ON of lamps is generally between 20-60In for a period less than 5 ms.
Preheating current: - Before ignition in order to ionize the gas between the electrodes, the discharge lamp
draws more current from the supply. This current (also known as starting current) generally ranges from 1.1
to 1.6 times the nominal current In for a period of 2-10 min.
For Lighting Circuit Switching

According to IEC 60947-4-1: AC-5a, 5b Utilization category
The operating conditions of lighting circuits have the following characteristics:
lContinuous duty: the switching device can remain closed for several days or even months
lA dispersion factor of 1: all luminaries in the same group are switched ON or OFF simultaneously
lA relatively high temperature around the device due to the enclosure, the presence of fuses, or
an unventilated control panel location
Technical Articles
35 Detailed Selection guide for lightening circuit
Contactor Selection
Based on: Considerations:
A 220/240V single-phase circuit

l The total current
l
An ambient temperature of 550C, taking into

l Transient phenomena which occur at switch-on
l
account the operating conditions The starting current and their duration
l
An electrical life of more than 10 years

l The circulation of any harmonics which may be
l
present
A) Selection chart for HPSV lamps 240V, 50 Hz with power factor compensation
Utilization category AC-5a
HPSV Chart with Compensation
Rating (W) 50 70 100 150 250 400 700 1000
Lamp Total power

characteristics (Including 62.5 87.5 125 187.5 312.5 500 875 1250
ballast power)
Starting (preheating) current (A) 0.40 0.55 0.79 1.19 1.98 3.17 5.55 7.93
Running current (A) 0.28 0.40 0.57 0.85 1.42 2.26 3.96 5.66
Capacitance value required for

compensation (µF) 6.8 10 15 22 33 68 100 150
MO 9 (qty) 9 32 23 16 11 6 4 2 2
MO 12 (qty) 12 42 30 21 14 8 5 3 2
MO 18 (qty) 18 63 45 32 21 13 8 5 3
MO 25 (qty) 25 88 63 44 29 18 11 6 4
MO 32 (qty) 32 113 81 56 38 23 14 8 6
MO 40(qty) 40 141 101 71 47 28 18 10 7
MO 45 (qty) 45 159 113 79 53 32 20 11 8
Max no. of
MO 50 (qty) 50 176 126 88 59 35 22 13 9
lamps per
MO 60 (qty) 60 212 151 106 71 42 26 15 11
phase
MO 70 (qty) 70 247 176 123 82 49 31 18 12
MO 80 (qty) 80 282 202 141 94 56 35 20 14
MO 95 (qty) 95 335 239 168 112 67 42 24 17
MO 110 (qty) 110 388 277 194 129 78 48 28 19
MO 140 (qty) 140 494 353 247 165 99 62 35 25
MO 185 (qty) 185 652 466 326 217 130 82 47 33
MO 225 (qty) 225 794 567 397 265 159 99 57 40
MO 250 (qty) 250 882 630 441 294 176 110 63 44
MO 300 (qty) 300 1058 756 529 353 212 132 76 53
B) Selection chart for HPSV lamps 240V, 50 Hz without power factor compensation
Utilization category AC-5a
HPSV Chart without Compensation
Rating (W) 50 70 100 150 250 400 700 1000

Lamp Total power
characteristics (Including 62.5 87.5 125 187.5 312.5 500 875 1250
ballast power)
Starting (Preheating) current (A) 0.91 1.28 1.82 2.73 4.56 7.29 12.76 18.23
Running current (A) AC3 0.65 0.91 1.30 1.95 3.26 5.21 9.11 13.02
MO 9 (qty) 9 14 10 7 5 3 2 1 1
MO 12 (qty) 12 18 13 9 6 4 2 1 1
MO 18 (qty) 18 28 20 14 9 6 3 2 1
MO 25 (qty) 25 38 27 19 13 8 5 3 2
MO 32 (qty) 32 49 35 25 16 10 6 4 2
MO 40(qty) 40 61 44 31 20 12 8 4 3
MO 45 (qty) 45 69 49 35 23 14 9 5 3
MO 50 (qty) 50 77 55 38 26 15 10 5 4
Max no. of
MO 60 (qty) 60 92 66 46 31 18 12 7 5
lamps per
phase MO 70 (qty) 70 107 77 54 36 21 13 8 5
MO 80 (qty) 80 123 88 61 41 25 15 9 6
MO 95 (qty) 95 146 104 73 49 29 18 10 7
MO 110 (qty) 110 169 120 84 56 34 21 12 8
MO 140 (qty) 140 215 153 107 72 43 27 15 11
MO 185 (qty) 185 284 203 142 95 57 35 20 14
MO 225 (qty) 225 345 246 173 115 69 43 25 17
MO 250 (qty) 250 383 274 192 128 77 48 27 19
MO 300 (qty) 300 460 329 230 153 92 58 33 23
Technical Articles
MO 3 Pole
Power Contactors
MO Contactors, with their unique styling and visual appeal

provide a unique blend of aesthetics with reliable
performance. The contactors, available from 9A to 300A
AC-3 are suited for general purpose as well as special
purpose machines. Their compact design ensures saving
in panel space and being RoHS compliant they provide all
the benefits of a clean and green contactor.
OPEN DOORS TO NEW DIMENSIONS IN SPACE ECONOMY
39 Overview
Cassette type Compact

bridge for Mechanical
easy contact Interlock
replacement
Safety shrouds
for power Box clamp
terminals to terminations
ensure safe for faster
maintenance termination
environment
1NO+1 NC Aux.
Modular contact inbuilt in
load feeder 45 mm width for
9A / 12A / 18A
Key Features 40
MO
C O N TA C T O R S
Completely shrouded and safe
Compact thus saving panel space
Unique styling and visual appeal
Standardized accessories for entire

range reducing inventory costs
Lug less termination for fast termination

and significant reduction in wiring costs
Low VA consumption thus

reducing control transformer size
Wide range of accessories

to meet all applications
In keeping with the mission to deliver the best, L&T Electrical & Automation (E&A) understands the requirements of the RoHS directive. The
directive restricts the use of hazardous substances in electrical and electronic equipment and bans electrical equipment containing more than
permitted levels of lead, cadmium, mercury, hexavalent chromium, polybrominated biphenyl (PBS) and polybrominated diphenyl ether (PBDE)
flame retardants.
MO 3 Pole Power Contactors

41 Technical Details
Range from 9A-300A AC-3e

l
Range 140A-300A available with conventional/universal

l
AC/DC electronic coil version

Low pick-up VA consumption
l
Standardized accessories for 9A-110A & 140A-300A range
l
DIN Rail mounting facility upto 110A

l
Compact dimensions saving precious panel space

l
Lug as well as Lugless termination

l
RoHS compliant
l
Units MO 9 MO 12 MO 18
Catalogue no. CS 94833 CS 94834 CS 94835
Conformance to standards
Power Contacts
No. of poles 3 3 3
Rated insulation voltage, Ui V 1000 1000 1000
Rated impulse withstand voltage, Uimp kV 8 8 8
240 V AC kW 2.2 3.0 4.0
Rated kW 415 - 500 V AC kW 4.5 5.5 9.3
690 V AC kW 5.5 7.5 11.0
240 V AC A 300 400 400
Rated making capacity 415 - 500 V AC A 300 400 400
690 V AC A 84 108 144
240 V AC A 250 300 300
Rated breaking capacity 415 - 500 V AC A 250 300 300
690 V AC A 70 90 120
Utilization category AC-1 A 30 32 32
Rated operational current,
Ie at 60°C Utilization category AC-2 A 9 12 18
Motor duty : 3Ø, 415 V, Utilization category AC-3e A 9 12 18
50 Hz 9 12 18
Utilization category AC-4 A
Utilization category AC-4
A 5.3 7.3 9
(2,00,000 operations)
Rated Operational current,
Ie at 60°C Utilization category AC-3e A 7 9 12
Motor duty : 3Ø, 690 V, 50 Hz
AC-8b rating at 415V, 50 Hz A 11.5 15.5 23.5
1 Seconds A 250 300 300
10 Seconds A 105 145 145
Permissible short 30 Seconds A 70 70 84
time ratings 1 Minute A 60 80 80
10 Minute A 30 40 40
15 Minute A 25 30 30
Mechanical life, No. of operating cycles millions 10 10 10
Mechanical cy/hr 7200 7200 7200
Max. frequency of Utilization category AC-1 cy/hr 3000 3000 3000
operations: Utilization category AC-2 cy/hr 750 750 750
Operating cycles/hr
Utilization category AC-3e cy/hr 750 750 750
Utilization category AC-4 cy/hr 300 300 300
Vibration resistance conforming to IEC 60068-2-6
Ambient temperature around Service temperature °C
the device Storage temperature °C
Altitude without deration m
Degree of Pollution
Degree of protection
Protective treatment as per IEC 60068 - 2 - 30
Fuse protection against short circuit HF 25 HF 32 HF 32
Utilization category AC-1 W 1.6 2.5 2.5
Watt loss per pole
Utilization category AC-3e W 0.25 0.5 0.9
Technical Details 42
MO 25 MO 32 MO 40 MO 45 MO 50 MO 60
CS 94567 CS 94568 CS 94569 CS 94570 CS 94572 CS 94573
IS/IEC 60947-4-1, IEC 60947-4-1, EN 60947-4-1
3 3 3 3 3 3
1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000
8 8 8 8 8 8
5.5 7.5 11.0 15.0 15.0 18.6
11 17.3 22.5 25 30 33.5
12.5 18.5 22.0 22.0 30.0 30.0
550 550 550 550 1000 1000
550 550 550 550 1000 1000
180 252 300 300 420 420
550 550 550 550 900 900
550 550 550 550 900 900
150 210 250 250 350 350
45 50 50 50 100 100
25 32 40 45 50 60
25 32 40 45 50 60
25 32 40 45 50 60
16 16 18 19 23 25
15 22 25 25 35 35
32.5 41.5 52 58.5 65 78

400 600 600 600 1000 1000
240 400 400 400 650 650
120 225 225 225 370 370
110 150 150 150 250 250
50 70 70 70 120 120
45 65 65 65 110 110
10 10 10 10 10 10
7200 7200 7200 7200 3600 3600
3000 3000 3000 3000 3000 3000
750 750 750 750 750 750
750 750 750 750 750 750
300 300 300 150 300 300
5..... 300 Hz : 3g
-20°C to + 60°C
-40°C to +80°C
3000
3
IP 20
TH
HF 63 HF 63 HN,000 80 HN,000 80 HN,00 100 HN,00 125
4 3.5 3.5 3.5 5.7 9.5
1.25 1.5 2.3 2.9 5 5.3


l

l

l
l

l

l

l
RoHS compliant
l
Auxiliary Contacts
No. of additional aux. contact possible 4 4 4
No. of built-in auxiliary contacts 1 NO + 1 NC 1 NO + 1 NC 1 NO + 1 NC
Conventional thermal current, Ith at 60°C A 10 10 10
Endurance of auxiliary Contacts miIlions 0.5 0.5 0.5
24-110 V A 6 6 6
AC-15 rating, 220-240 V A 4 4 4
50 Hz 360-440 V A 4 4 4
525-600 V A 1.2 1.2 1.2
24 V A 6 6 6
110-125 V A 1.1 1.1 1.1
DC-13 rating 250 V A 0.55 0.55 0.55
480 V A 0.31 0.31 0.31
500 V A 0.27 0.27 0.27
600 V A 0.2 0.2 0.2
Terminal capacity (Solid or multi strand conductors) mm2 2 x 2.5 2 x 2.5 2 x 2.5
Coil
Voltage available Uc 24, 42, 48, 110, 220, 240, 24, 42, 48, 110, 220, 240, 24, 42, 48, 110, 220, 240,
50 / 60 Hz V
320, 360, 380, 415, 525 320, 360, 380, 415, 525 320, 360, 380, 415, 525
Pick-up VA VA 68 68 68
VA VA 9 9 9
Hold-on
Watts W 2.8 2.8 2.8
Pick-up (%Uc) 50Hz %Uc 65 - 110 65 - 110 65 - 110
Limits of operation Pick-up (%Uc) 60Hz %Uc 85 - 110 85 - 110 85 - 110
Drop-off (%Uc) %Uc 35 - 55 35 - 55 35 - 55
Closing time ms 12 - 21 12 - 21 12 - 21
Operating time
Opening time ms 6 - 16 6 - 16 6 - 16
Safe isolation between coil and auxiliary contacts V 690 690 690
Overall dimensions H x W x D mm3 87 x 45 x 89 87 x 45 x 89 87 x 45 x 89
Mounting clearance (front) mm 10 10 10
Weight kg 0.38 0.38 0.38
MO 25 MO 32 MO 40 MO 45 MO 50 MO 60
CS 94567 CS 94568 CS 94569 CS 94570 CS 94572 CS 94573
8 8 8 8 8 8
- - - - - -
10 10 10 10 10 10
0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5
6 6 6 6 6 6
4 4 4 4 4 4
4 4 4 4 4 4
1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2
6 6 6 6 6 6
1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1
0.55 0.55 0.55 0.55 0.55 0.55
0.31 0.31 0.31 0.31 0.31 0.31
0.27 0.27 0.27 0.27 0.27 0.27
0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2
2 x 2.5 2 x 2.5 2 x 2.5 2 x 2.5 2 x 2.5 2 x 2.5
24, 42, 48, 110, 220, 240, 24, 42, 48, 110, 220, 240, 24, 42, 48, 110, 220, 240, 24, 42, 48, 110, 220, 240, 24, 42, 48, 110, 220, 240, 24, 42, 48, 110, 220, 240,
320, 360, 380, 415, 525 320, 360, 380, 415, 525 320, 360, 380, 415, 525 320, 360, 380, 415, 525 320, 360, 380, 415, 525 320, 360, 380, 415, 525
77 77 77 77 144 144
9 9 9 9 15 15
3 3 3 3 6 6
65 - 110 65 - 110 65 - 110 65 - 110 75 - 110 75 - 110
85 - 110 85 - 110 85 - 110 85 - 110 85 - 110 85 - 110
35 - 55 35 - 55 35 - 55 35 - 55 35 - 55 35 - 55
12 - 21 12 - 21 12 - 21 12 - 21 11 - 20 11 - 20
6 - 16 6 - 16 6 - 16 6 - 16 6 - 13 6 - 13
690 690 690 690 690 690
87 x 45 x 93.5 87 x 45 x 93.5 87 x 45 x 93.5 87 x 45 x 93.5 123.6 x 55 x 122.1 123.6 x 55 x 122.1
10 10 10 10 10 10
0.44 0.44 0.44 0.44 1.1 1.1


l

l

l

l
l

l
l
RoHS compliant
l
Type of Terminal
Cable with Ferrule type Lug mm 1 x (1.5-4), 2 x (1-2.5)
Cable with Pin type Lug mm 1 x (1.5-6)
Cable with Fork type Lug mm 1 x (1.5-4), 2 x (1.5-4)
Main terminal capacity Cable with Ring type Lug mm -
No.of cable x Cable with Lug (spreader links) (mm)^ 2 x 16 2 x 16 2 x 16
(Max.Range - Min. Range) (mm)^
Busbar (with spreader) 12 12 12
Busbar (without spreader) mm - - -
Solid conductors mm 2 x 10 2 x 10 2 x 10
Multi strand conductors mm 1 x (1.5-6), 2 x (1.5-4)
Main Pole Terminal Nm M3.5 / 1.2 M3.5 / 1.2 M3.5 / 1.2
Tightening Torque
Aux. Pole / Coil / Add on block Terminal Nm M3.5 / 1.1 M3.5 / 1.1 M3.5 / 1.1
DC 1 (110V) A 20 25 25
DC ratings DC 1 (220V) A 20 25 25
with 3 poles in series DC 3 (110V) A 20 25 25
and AC coil operation DC 3 (220V) A 15 18 18
DC 5 (110V) A 12 18 20
DC 5 (220V) A 7.5 8 10
^ keeping (22mm-25mm) clearance
MO 25 MO 32 MO 40 MO 45 MO 50 MO 60
CS 94567 CS 94568 CS 94569 CS 94572 CS 94573
Philip and Slot Head Combination Screw Box Clamp with Slot Head Screw
1 x (4-10), 2 x (2.5-6) 1 x (10-35), 2 x (6-25)
1 x (4-10), 2 x (2.5) 1 x (10-35), 2 x (6-25)
1 x (4-10), 2 x (2.5-6) -
- -
2 x 16 2 x 16 2 x 16 2 x 16 2 x 50 2 x 50
12 12 12 12 18 18
- - - - - -
2 x 10 2 x 10 2 x 10 2 x 10 - -
1 x (4-10), 2 x (2.5-6) 1 x (10-35), 2 x (6-35)
M4 / 2.5 M4 / 2.5 M4 / 2.5 M4 / 2.5 M6 / 4 M6 / 4
M3.5 / 1.1 M3.5 / 1.1 M3.5 / 1.1 M3.5 / 1.1 M3.5 / 1.1 M3.5 / 1.1
32 40 40 40 65 70
32 40 40 40 65 70
32 40 40 40 65 70
32 40 40 40 65 70
25 32 40 40 50 60
12 20 22 25 35 35


l

l

l
l

l

l

l
RoHS compliant
l
Power Contacts
No. of poles 3 3 3
240 V AC kW 18.6 22.0 25
Rated kW 415 - 500 V AC kW 37 40 45
690 V AC kW 40 45 45
240 V AC A 1000 1500 1500
Rated making capacity 415 - 500 V AC A 1000 1500 1500
690 V AC A 540 600 600
240 V AC A 900 1200 1200
Rated breaking capacity 415 - 500 V AC A 900 1200 1200
690 V AC A 450 500 500
Rated operational current, A
Utilization category AC-3e 70 80 95
Ie at 60°C
Motor duty : 3Ø, 415 V, 50 Hz Utilization category AC-4 A 70 80 95
A 27 34 37
Rated Operational current,
Ie at 60°C Utilization category AC-3e A 45 50 50
Motor duty : 3Ø, 690 V, 50 Hz
AC-8b rating at 415V, 50 Hz A 91 104 123.5
1 Seconds A 1000 1320 1320
10 Seconds A 650 800 800
time ratings 1 Minute A 250 400 400
10 Minute A 120 170 170
15 Minute A 110 160 160
Mechanical life, No. of operating cycles millions 10 10 10
Mechanical cy/hr 3600 3600 3600
Max. frequency of Utilization category AC-1 cy/hr 3000 3000 3000
operations: Utilization category AC-2 cy/hr 750 750 750
Operating cycles/hr
Utilization category AC-3e cy/hr 750 750 750
Utilization category AC-4 cy/hr 150 150 150
the device Storage temperature °C -40°C to + 80°C
Degree of Pollution
Fuse protection against short circuit HN,00 160 HN,00 160 HN,0 200
Utilization category AC-1 W 10.5 12.5 12.5
Watt loss per pole
Utilization category AC-3e W 6 6.4 8.1
* Universal AC/DC electronic coil version

# Pls refer ordering data for electronic coil version
# # #
MO 110 MO 140 MO 185 MO 225 MO 250 # MO 300 #
CS 94578 CS 95000 CS 95001 CS 95002 CS 94441 CS 94440
IS/IEC 60947-4-1, IEC 60947-4-1, EN 60947-4-1
3 3 3 3 3 3
1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000
8 8 8 8 8 8
30 40 55 63 75 90
55 80 95 125 150 180
60 132 160 220 250 280
1500 1800 2400 3000 4000 4500
1500 1680 2700 2700 3600 4000
780 1680 2220 2700 3000 3600
1200 1600 1850 2500 3200 4000
1200 1400 2250 2250 3000 3600
650 1400 1850 2250 2500 3000
140 250 275 275 400 500
110 140 185 225 250 300
110 140 185 225 250 300
110 140 185 225 250 300
41 60 75 85 100 130
65 140 185 225 250 300
143 182 240.5 292.5 325 390

1320 2000 3000 3000 3500 3500
800 1800 2000 2000 2400 2400
509 1000 1400 1400 1500 1800
400 750 1100 1100 1100 1300
170 550 600 600 550 750
160 250 275 275 400 500
10 10 10 10 10 10
3600 3600/3600* 3600/3600* 3600/3600* 3600/2400* 3600/2400*
3000 3000 3000 3000 3000 3000
750 750 750 750 750 750
750 750 750 750 750 750
150 150 150 150 150 150
5..... 300 Hz: 3g
-20°C to + 60°C
-15°C to + 80°C
3000
3
IP 20
TH
HN,0 200 HN,1 250 HN,1 315 HN,1 315 HN,2 400 HN,2 500
12.8 16 18 20 25 32
8.25 11 11 13 15 20


l

l

l
l

l

l

l
RoHS compliant
l
Auxiliary Contacts
No. of additional aux. contact possible 8 8 8
No. of built-in auxiliary contacts
Conventional thermal current, Ith at 550C A 10 10 10
Endurance of auxiliary Contacts miIlions 0.5 0.5 0.5
24-110 V A 6 6 6
AC-15 rating, 220-240 V A 4 4 4
50 Hz 360-440 V A 4 4 4
525-600 V A 1.2 1.2 1.2
24 V A 6 6 6
110-125 V A 1.1 1.1 1.1
250 V A 0.55 0.55 0.55
DC-13 rating
480 V A 0.31 0.31 0.31
500 V A 0.27 0.27 0.27
600 V A 0.2 0.2 0.2
Terminal capacity (Solid or multi strand conductors) mm2 2 x 2.5 2 x 2.5 2 x 2.5
Coil
Voltage available Uc 24, 42, 48, 110, 220, 240, 24, 42, 48, 110, 220, 240, 24, 42, 48, 110, 220, 240,
50 / 60 Hz V
320, 360, 380, 415, 525 320, 360, 380, 415, 525 320, 360, 380, 415, 525
VA VA 15 25 25
Hold-on
Watts W 6 9 9
Pick-up (%Uc) 50Hz %Uc 75 - 110 75 - 110 75 - 110
Limits of operation Pick-up (%Uc) 60Hz %Uc 85 - 110 85 - 110 85 - 110
Drop-off (%Uc) %Uc 35 - 55 35 - 55 35 - 55
Electronic Coil
Voltage available Uc 50 / 60 Hz V - - -
Pick-up VA VA - - -
VA VA - - -
Hold-on
Watts W - - -
Pick-up (%Uc) 50Hz %Uc - - -
Limits of operation Pick-up (%Uc) 60Hz %Uc - - -
Drop-off (%Uc) %Uc - - -
Closing time ms 11 - 20 15 - 24 15 - 24
Operating time
Opening time ms 6 - 13 6 - 23 6 - 23
3
Overall dimensions H x W x D mm 123.6 x 55 x 122.1 135 x 70 x 135 135 x 70 x 135
Weight kg 1.1 1.6 1.6
# Pls refer ordering data for electronic coil version
MO 140 #
# # #
MO 110 MO 185 MO 225 MO 250 MO 300 #
CS 94578 CS 95000 CS 95001 CS 95002 CS 94441 CS 94440
8 4 4 4 4 4
2 NO+2 NC HN,3 500 2 NO+2 NC 2 NO+2 NC 2 NO+2 NC
10 10 10 10 10 10
0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5
6 6 6 6 6 6
4 4 4 4 4 4
4 4 4 4 4 4
1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2
6 6 6 6 6 6
1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1
0.55 0.55 0.55 0.55 0.55 0.55
0.31 0.31 0.31 0.31 0.31 0.31
0.27 0.27 0.27 0.27 0.27 0.27
0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2
2 x 2.5 2 x 2.5 2 x 2.5 2 x 2.5 2 x 2.5 2 x 2.5
24, 42, 48, 110, 220, 240, 24, 42, 48, 110, 220, 240, 24, 42, 48, 110, 220, 24, 42, 48, 110, 220, 240, 24, 42, 48, 110, 220, 240, 24, 42, 48, 110, 220, 240,
320, 360, 380, 415, 525 320, 360, 380, 415, 525 240, 320, 360, 380, 415 320, 360, 380, 415, 525 320, 360, 380, 415, 525 320, 360, 380, 415, 525
240 1000 1000 1000 1400 1400
25 50 50 50 65 65
9 18 18 18 23 23
75 - 110 75 - 110 75 - 110 75 - 110 75 - 110 75 - 110
85 - 110 85 - 110 85 - 110 85 - 110 85 - 110 85 - 110
35 - 55 35 - 55 35 - 55 35 - 55 35 - 55 35 - 55
- 110 - 240 110 - 240 110 - 240 110-240 110 - 240

- 300 300 300 350 350
- 17 17 17 17 17
- 6 6 6 6 6
- 75 - 110 75 - 110 75 - 110 75 - 110 75 - 110
- 75 - 110 75 - 110 75 - 110 75 - 110 75 - 110
- 25 - 50 25 - 50 25 - 50 25 - 50 25 - 50
15 - 24 15 - 40 15 - 40 15 - 40 15 - 40 15 - 40
6 - 23 7 - 20 7 - 20 7 - 20 7 - 20 7 - 20
690 690 690 690 690 690
135 x 70 x 135 197.5 x 120 x 170 197.5 x 120 x 170 197.5 x 120 x 170 225 x 145 x 190 225 x 145 x 190
10 10 10 10 10 10
1.6 4.24 4.6 4.6 6 6


l

l

l
l

l

l

l
RoHS compliant
l
Type of Terminal Box Clamp with Slot Head Screw
Cable with Ferrule type Lug mm 1 x (10-35), 2 x (6-25) 1 x (25-70), 2 x (16-35)
Cable with Pin type Lug mm 1 x (10-35), 2 x (6-25) 1 x (25-70), 2 x (16-35)
Cable with Fork type Lug mm - -
Main terminal capacity Cable with Ring type Lug mm - -
No.of cable x (mm)^
Cable with Lug (spreader links) 2 x 50 2 x 95 2 x 95
(Max.Range -
Min. Range) Busbar (with spreader) (mm)^ 18 25 25
Busbar (without spreader) mm - - -
Solid conductors mm - - -
Multi strand conductors mm 1 x (10-35), 2 x (6-35) 1 x (25-70), 2 x (16-70)
Main Pole Terminal Nm M6 / 4 M8 / 5 M8 / 5
Tightening Torque
DC 1 (110V) A 80 100 100
DC 1 (220V) A 80 100 100
DC ratings
DC 3 (110V) A 80 100 100
with 3 poles in series
and AC coil operation DC 3 (220V) A 80 100 100
DC 5 (110V) A 70 80 95
DC 5 (220V) A 35 63 70
^ keeping (22mm-25mm) clearance # Pls refer ordering data for electronic coil version
MO 110 MO 140 # MO 185 # MO 225 # MO 250 # MO 300 #

CS 94578 CS 95000 CS 95001 CS 95002 CS 94441 CS 94440
Hexagon Head Screw
- - -
- - -
- - -
2 x 16 - -
2 x 95 2 x 185 2 x 185 2 x 185 2 x 240 2 x 240
25 28 28 28 40 40
- 25 25 25 32 32
- - - - - -
- -
M8 / 5 M10 / 20 M10 / 20 M10 / 20 M10 / 30 M10 / 30
M3.5 / 1.1 M3.5 / 1.2 M3.5 / 1.2 M3.5 / 1.2 M3.5 / 1.2 M3.5 / 1.2
120 140 185 225 260 300
120 140 185 225 260 300
120 140 185 225 260 300
120 140 185 225 260 300
110 140 185 225 250 300
80 125 185 225 250 300

53 Accessories
Top Mounted Four Pole Add-on
Top Mounted Two Pole Add-on
Mechanical
MO Contactor
interlock kit
Top Mounted Single

Pole Add-on
Side Mounted Single

Pole Add-on
RTO Relay
Surge Suppressor
Accessories Features 54
Add-on auxiliary contact block, suitable for all MO contactors
MO Top Add-on Block Mo Side Add-on Block
Description Mounting Position Contacts Terminal Marking Cat. Nos.

Side Mounted First Left 1 NO + 1 NC 23 - 24, 31 - 32 CS94580OOOO
Side Mounted First Right 1 NO + 1 NC 33 - 34, 41 - 42 CS94581OOOO*
Side Mounted Second Left 1 NO + 1 NC 53 - 54, 61 - 62 CS94582OOOO
Side Mounted Second Right 1 NO + 1 NC 73 - 74, 81 - 82 CS94583OOOO*
Top Mounted Single Pole 1 NO 53 - 54 CS94585OOOO
Top Mounted Single Pole 1 NC 51 - 52 CS94586OOOO
Top Mounted Two Pole 2 NO 53 - 54, 63 - 64 CS94591OOOO
MO 9A-110A
Top Mounted Two Pole 1 NO + 1 NC 53 - 54, 61 - 62 CS94592OOOO
Top Mounted Two Pole 2 NC 51 - 52, 61 - 62 CS94593OOOO
Top Mounted Four Pole 4 NO 53 - 54, 63 - 64, 73 - 74, 83 - 84 CS94594OOOO
Top Mounted Four Pole 3 NO + 1 NC 53 - 54, 63 - 64, 73 - 74, 81 - 82 CS94595OOOO
Top Mounted Four Pole 2 NO + NC 53 - 54, 63 - 64, 71 - 72, 81 - 82 CS94596OOOO
Top Mounted Four Pole 1 NO + 3 NC 53 - 54, 61 - 62, 71 - 72, 81 - 82 CS94597OOOO
Top Mounted Four Pole 4 NC 51 - 52, 61 - 62, 71 - 72, 81 - 82 CS94598OOOO
Side Mounted First Right 1 NO + 1 NC 33 - 34, 41 - 42 CS95034OOOO
MO 140A-300A
Side Mounted Second Right 1 NO + 1 NC 63 - 64, 71 - 72 CS95036OOOO
* Right side add-on block can not be mounted on MO frame 0 ( 9 to18 A).
Mechanical Interlock Kit MO Spreader Link Kit
Description Cat. No. Description Cat. No.

#
MO 9-110 Mechanical Interlock Kit CS94584OOOO MO 9 - 45 CS94274OOOO
#
MO 50 - 70 CS94093OOOO
Note: MO MIL Kit contains inbuilt 2 NC contacts.
MO 80 - 110# CS94094OOOO
MO 140 - 225# CS91057OOOO
MO 250 - 300 CS90940OOOO
# Spreader Link Kit consists of six moulded links with phase barriers

55 Accessories
Connecting Links
Reversing/star Paralleling link Shorting link Contactor

delta link MPCB link
These are connecting links which connects MO Contactor and MPCB as a starter. These links eliminate complete
power wiring of the starter. End user has to connect only the incomer cable at MPCB and load at load end of
contactor. It is quick and easy to build a starter with direct connecting links. These links are available for DOL,
Reverse DOL and Star Delta combination. These are available for MO contactor upto 45A and MPCB frame-1
(MOG S1/H1).
DOL Starter - Link
5 L5
R Y B
1 L1 3 L3
MOG-H1-3000
MPCB
MPCB
I> I> I>
2 T1 4 T2 6 T3
DOL LINK
L1 3L2 5L3 13 NO
21
MO 18
NC
CONTACTOR CONTACTOR
NC
22
2T1 4T2 6T3 14 NO

Accessories 56
Star Delta Starter - Link
3 L3 5 L5
1 L1
MOG-H-3000
MPCB
MPCB I>
T1 4 T2 6 T3
2
L
CONTACTOR - MPCB
LINK
SHORTING LINK
PARALLELING LINK
3L3 5L5
1L1
5L5 MO-45
1L1 3L3
3L3 5L5
1L1
MO-45
MO-45
6T3
Star Contactor
2T1 4T2
4T2 6T3 2T1 4T2 6T3 STAR

2T1
DELTA
HOLD-ON
REVRSING LINK
Reverse DOL Starter - Link
5 L5
3 L3
1 L1
MOG-H-3000
MPCB I>
2 T1 4 T2 6 T3
MPCB
F R
CONTACTOR
MPCB LINK
PARALLELING
LINK
3L3 5L5
1L1
MO-45
3L3 5L5
1L1
MO-45
4T2 6T3
2T1
6T3
REVRSING Forward Reversing
2T1 4T2
CONTACTOR
Contactor Contactor
FORWARD
CONTACTOR
REVRSING LINK

57 Accessories
Mechanical Latch for MO Contactors

Mechanical Latch is an accessory available for MO contactors. It is mounted on top of contactor as shown:
Operation
When contactor picks up, Latch locks the contactor
mechanically in ON condition. Even if coil supply is removed
conatctor will remain in ON condition. To turn OFF the
contactor, Latch coil shall be given a pulse supply or push
button on latch shall be pressed.
1 - Contactor
2 - Contactor coil terminals
3 - Latch
4 - Latch coil terminals
5 - Reset push button
Control supply
Control supply
given to
removed from
contactor coil
contactor
Option 1 Option 2
Contactor picks up
and locked by
latch mechanism Pulse supply Latch released
in ON condition given to manually by
latch coil pressing PB
Condition 1 Condition 2 Condition 3
Control supply Control supply Under-voltage in
removed connected Control supply
Contactor de-
latches and
Contactors remain ON drops OFF
Operation at the time of contactor pick up Operation to turn off the contactor
Recommended Wiring Diagram

Mechanical Latch has in-built 1NO+1NC contacts. NC contact (75-76) is a delayed contact. When the circuit is
wired as per below schematic, supply to the coil of contactor gets removed automatically after pick up of
contactor. This helps in saving energy consumption of control circuit
Mechanical Latch
Suitable for Description Cat No.
MO 9 - 70 A, Mechanical Latch with

CS90136*
MO 0 control 1NO + 1NC aux contact
*Coil Voltage: 240V AC Ordering suffix: BOOO; 110V AC

Ordering suffix: AOOO; 24V AC Ordering suffix: GOOO
Ordering Information 58
Connecting Links
Description Link set contains Cat. No.
Connecting Link Kit DOL (MO 9-18A) MPCB to contactor link CS90396OOOO
Connecting Link Kit for DOL (MO25-45A) MPCB to contactor link CS90391OOOO
MPCB to contactor link
Connecting Link Kit for DOL (MO25-45A) Paralleling link CS90548OOOO
Reversing link

Connecting Link Kit REV DOL (MO 9-18A) Paralleling link CS90546OOOO
Reversing link
Paralleling link
Connecting Link Kit Star-Delta (MO9-18A) CS90549OOOO
Reversing link
Star shorting link
Paralleling link
Connecting Link Kit Star-Delta(MO25-45A) CS90547OOOO
Reversing link
Star shorting link
Surge Suppressor
Description Link set contains Cat. No. Suitable for

Surge Suppressor for MO Frame 0/1, 110VAC 110V, AC CS91706AOOO
MO Frame - 0/1
Surge Suppressor for MO Frame 0/1, 220-320VAC 220-320V, AC CS91706BOOO MO0 Control
Surge Suppressor for MO Frame 0/1, 360-415VAC 360-415V, AC CS91706DOOO MO C Frame - 1
Surge Suppressor for MO Frame 2, 110VAC 110V, AC CS91707AOOO

MO Frame - 2
Surge Suppressor for MO Frame 2, 220-320VAC 220-320V, AC CS91707BOOO MO C Frame - 2
Surge Suppressor for MO Frame 2, 360-415VAC 360-415V, AC CS91707DOOO
MO Frame - 3
Surge Suppressor for MO Frame 4/5, 24-110VAC 24-110V, AC CS91854AOOO
MO Frame - 4/5
Surge Suppressor for MO Frame 4/5, 220-240VAC 220-240V, AC CS91854BOOO
Surge Suppressor for MO Frame 4/5, 360-525VAC 360-525V, AC CS91854DOOO

59 Ordering Information
MO Contactors
AC1 Rating AC3 Rating
Type Cat. Nos.*
(A) (A)
MO 9 (1 NO + 1 NC) 30 9 CS94833
MO 12 (1 NO + 1 NC) 32 12 CS94834
MO 18 (1 NO + 1 NC) 32 18 CS94835
MO 25 45 25 CS94567
MO 32 50 32 CS94568
MO 40 50 40 CS94569
MO 45 50 45 CS94570
MO 50 100 50 CS94572
MO 60 100 60 CS94573
MO 70 100 70 CS94574
MO 80 125 80 CS94576
MO 95 125 95 CS94577
MO 110 140 110 CS94578
MO 140 250 140 CS95000
MO 185 275 185 CS95001
MO 225 275 225 CS95002
MO 250 400 250 CS94441
MO 300 500 300 CS94440
#
MO 140 250 140 CS95042
#
MO 185 275 185 CS95047
#
MO 225 275 225 CS95052
MO 250# 400 250 CS94456
MO 300# 500 300 CS94464
MO Spares
Type Spare Contact Kit Spare Coil *
MO 9 (1 NO + 1 NC) CS94843OOOO
MO 12 (1 NO + 1 NC) CS94844OOOO CS94841
MO 18 (1 NO + 1 NC) CS94845OOOO
MO 9 CS96380OOOO
MO 12 CS96381OOOO
MO 18 CS96382OOOO
MO 25 CS96383OOOO CS96317
MO 32 CS96384OOOO
MO 40 CS96385OOOO
MO 45 CS96386OOOO
MO 50 CS96387OOOO
MO 70 CS96389OOOO
MO 80 CS96390OOOO
MO 110 CS96392OOOO
MO 140 CS90357OOOO
MO 185 CS90358OOOO CS90356
MO 225 CS90359OOOO
MO 250 CS94444OOOO
CS94442
MO 300 CS94443OOOO
MO 140# CS90357OOOO
MO 185# CS90358OOOO CS90855
MO 225# CS90359OOOO
MO 250# CS94444OOOO
CS90738
MO 300# CS94443OOOO
* Add 4 digit suffix as per required coil voltage given below.
# Universal AC/DC electronic coil version
# Ordering Suffix for coil voltage band 110 - 240 V is BOOO, 240-415V is DOOO
Ordering Suffix for Coil Voltages

Std Coil Voltage 24 42 48 110 220 240 320 360 380 415 525
Ordering Suffix - 50 / 60 Hz GOOO HOOO JOOO AOOO KOOO BOOO ROOO COOO LOOO DOOO MOOO
Electrical Life Curves 60
Utilisation Category AC-3
MO 300
MO 140
MO 185
MO 225
MO 250
MO 110
MO 12
MO 18
MO 32
MO 40
MO 45
MO 50
MO 70
MO 80
MO 95
MO 25
MO 60
MO 9
Operating cycles at
230 V
500 V
690 V
400 V
2
7
9 7 10
8 9
6
7 8
5 7
6
10
7 6
5 4
9
No. of operating cycles
5
8
4
7 3
4
6
3
5 3
2
4
2
2
3
6
10
9
2 6
10 8
6
9 7 10
1 10 100
Operational current, Ie in Amperes

MO 225
MO 250
MO 140
MO 300
MO 185
MO 110
MO 12
MO 18
MO 25
MO 32
MO 40
MO 45
MO 50
MO 60
MO 70
MO 80
MO 95
MO 9
Operating cycles at
230 V
500 V
690 V
400 V
2 6
10
8
6
8
6
6
10 4 6
8 4
4
6
2
No. of operating cycles
4 2
2
5
10
5
2 10 8
5
8 10
6
8
6
5
10 4 6
8 4
4
6
2
4 2
2
4
10
104 8
2
8
6 104
1 10 100 1000

61 Terminal Designation
MO 9-18 MO 25-110
A1 A2 A1 A2
1L1 3L2 5L3 13 NO 1L1 3L2 5L3
21NC
22NC
2T1 4T2 6T3 14 NO 2T1 4T2 6T3
A1 A2 A1 A2
A1 A1
1L1 3L2 5L3 13 21 1L1 3L2 5L3
2T1 4T2 6T3 14 22 2T1 4T2 6T3

A2 A2
MO 140-300
A1 A2
33 NO 1L1 3L2 5L3 13 NO
41NC 21NC
42NC 22NC
34 NO 2T1 4T2 6T3 14 NO
A1 A2
A1
33 41 2L1 1L1 3L2 5L3 13 21
34 42 2T2 2T1 4T2 6T3 14 22

A2
All dimensions in mm.

62
Contact Travel Diagram
MO 9-45
0 4.2 5.8
MO 50-70
0 4.3 6.2
MO 80-110
0 6.1 8.4
MO 140-225
0 8 12
MO 250-300
0 9 13
Contact Gap
Over Travel
Mounting Position
O O
30 30
O
180O 270
1 L1 3 L2 5 L3
M0-SAL
MO 110
2 T1 4 T2 6 T3
O
90 O 360

63 Overall Dimensions
MO Frame 0: 9, 12, 18
Overall Dimensions with Auxiliary Contact Block
10.5 10.5 10.5
15.75 15.75
10.5
87 Contactor Height
26
50
108.7
68.5
60
10.8
50.6
126.5
16.2 16.2
19.6
22.8
35
45 Contactor Width
60
70
Overall Dimensions with Mechanical Interlock
45 12 45 102
02
02
MO9 MO9
89 Contactor Depth
61.5
47
68
01
01
35

Overall Dimensions 64
MO Frame I: 25, 32, 40, 45

10.5 10.5 10.5
87 Contactor Height
113
60
56
28
19.6
12 22.8 12
35 60
45 Contactor Width 70

45 12 45 102
93.5 Contactor Depth
61.5
47
72.5
39.5
14.4 14.4
50
26
43
27

MO Frame II: 50, 60, 70

10.5 10.5 10.5
160
142
18 18
67
39
29.5
100
105
123.6 (Contactor Height)
45
12 55 12
26
43
82
27
MO 70

55 12 55
122
122.1 (Contactor Depth)
MO 70 MO 70
83
50

MO Frame III: 80, 95, 110

44
10.510.510.5
M0-SAL
15
174.3
8
154.3
2.5
135
Contactor Height
Ø8.5 23.3 23.3
74.2
68.3
46.2
30.2
32
31
34
33
115
93.1
34.8
120
27
26
43
12 12
60 M4 Mounting Screw 34
33
31
32
70
Contactor Width MO 110
MO Frame III: 80, 95, 110

70 70
Contactor Depth
61.5
47
135
88.5
MO 110 MO 110
55.6
152
Note: Mechanical interlock kit can be fitted even with side auxiliary
contacts in that case width will increase by 12 mm per
auxiliary contact block.

MO 140/185/225
Overall Dimensions
5
170
96.5
28
36.5 36.5
197.5
108
MO 225
156
120
Overall Dimensions with Spreader Link

26.2 26.2 100.5 5
13
47
MO 225
276
250
54.2 54.2
136.4

MO 250/300
Overall Dimensions
5
190
96.5
32
44 44
225
133
MO 225
177.6
145
Overall Dimensions with Spreader Link
23 40
17
65
MO 300
6
341
308
108.5
63 63
166

RTO Thermal
Overload Relays
RTO Thermal Overload Relays complement MO range of
contactors and can be directly mounted on them. The
relays are ambient temperature compensated and are
phase failure sensitive. The relays have a front access to
START and STOP/RESET buttons and are provided with
three contacts for Alarm, Trip and Start.
Salient Features 70
THERMAL
RTO
OVERLOAD R E L AY S
E&A introduces RTO range of Thermal Overload Relays to complement the MO range of contactors. RTO
thermal overload relays are available in 26 ranges and 3 frame sizes. The range is available from 0.23A to
375A . RTO range of Thermal Overload Relays provide protections against overload and single phasing
and are modular in design.
Visual
l status indication-tripped / non-tripped from front
Phase
l failure sensitive
Ambient temperature compensated
l
Auto manual / Reset function
l
Test function-simulates the tripping of the Relay from the front
l
Features Front access to START and STOP / RESET buttons
l
Three contacts: Alarm, Trip and Start
l
Isolated alarm circuit (N.O.) contact
l
Sealable in OFF condition
l
Sealable transparent top cover
l
Direct mounting on MO contactors
l
Accessories Separate
l mounting kit
Type Units RTO-1 RTO-2 RTO-3 RTO-4
Main Circuit
Conformance to Standards IS/IEC 60947-4-1
Mounting Direct / Separate Direct

Direct Mounting on Contactors MO 9 - 45 MO 50 - 70 MO 80 - 110 MO 140 - 300
Degree of Protection IP 20
Rated Insulation Voltage Ui V 1000
Rated Impulse Withstand Uimp kV 8
Rated Operational Voltage V 415
Type of Operation Direct Acting, Trip Free Mechanism
Trip Class A class 10 A, Fixed
Temp Compensation °C -20°C to +55°C
Solid - Solid - Solid - Solid -

Main Terminal 2 2 x 2.5 to 10 2 x 6 to 35 2 x 10 to 70 2 X 2.5 to 150
Capacity (Cable) mm
Finely Stranded - Finely stranded - Finely stranded - Finely stranded -
2 x 2.5 to 6 2 x 6 - 25 2 x 10 to 50 2 X 2.5 to 150
Tightening Torque Nm 2.5 4 5 30

Type of Screw M4 M6 M8 M12
Auxiliary Circuit
1NO - Alarm
No. of Contacts 1NO - Start
1NC - Trip
Rated Insulation Voltage V 1000
Rated Impulse Withstand kV 8
AC-15 rating at 415 V, 50 Hz A 2
Thermal Current A 6
Terminal Capacity 2 x 2.5 sq. mm, Solid or finely stranded. Type of Screw - M3, Class 6.8 Tightening Torque - 1.5 Nm
RTO Thermal Overload Relays Accessories for RTO Relays

Separate Mounting Kit for RTO-1 Relay
Type Range (A) Cat. Nos.
0.23 - 0.41 CS96355OOFO
0.31 - 0.55 CS96355OOGO
0.55 - 0.85 CS96355OOJO
0.78 - 1.2 CS96355OOLO
1.2 - 2.0 CS96355OONO
1.9 - 2.8 CS96355OOPO
2.4 - 3.6 CS96355OOQO
RTO-1 3.5 - 5.2 CS96355OOSO Description Cat. No.
4.6 - 6.7 CS96355OOTO RTO-1 Relay Separate Mounting Kit CS96335OOOO
6.7 - 9.7 CS96355OOVO RTO-2 Relay Separate Mounting Kit CS96306OOOO
8.5 - 12.5 CS96355OOAO RTO-3 Relay Separate Mounting Kit CS96307OOOO
12.5 - 18.5 CS96356OOCO

17 - 25.5 CS96356OODO
25 - 37 CS96356OOEO
35 - 45 CS96356OOGO
5 - 7.5 CS96366OOUO
7 - 11 CS96366OOVO
10.5 - 16 CS96366OOBO
15 - 21 CS96366OOCO
RTO-2
20 - 31 CS96366OOEO
30 - 43 CS96366OOFO
40 - 57 CS96366OOSO
50 - 75 CS96367OOJO
23 - 30 CS90873OOEO
29 - 38 CS96303OOQO
37 - 49 CS96304OOGO
RTO-3
47 - 62 CS96312OOTO
60 - 78 CS96313OOJO
75 - 110 CS96314OOKO
23.4 - 36 CS97096OOGO
36 - 60 CS97096OOJO
57 - 84 CS97096OOKO
72 - 108 CS97096OOLO
RTO-4
105 - 156 CS97096OOMO
138 - 201 CS97096OONO
201 - 291 CS97096OOQO
255 - 375 CS97096OORO
RTO Thermal Overload Relays

73 I-T Characteristics
RTO1
1000 1000
Tripping Characteristics Tripping Characteristics

3 Poles Loaded 2 Poles Loaded
100 100
Time (s)
Time (s)
10 10
1 1
0 2 4 6 8 10 0 2 4 6 8 10
Multiples of Current Multiples of Current
Cold Low Cold High Cold Low Cold High

Hot Low Hot High Hot Low Hot High
RTO2
1000 1000

100 100
Time (s)
Time (s)
10 10
1 1
0 2 4 6 8 10 0 2 4 6 8 10

I-T Characteristics 74
RTO3
1000 1000

100 100
Time (s)
Time (s)
10 10
1 1
0 2 4 6 8 10 0 2 4 6 8 10

RTO4
10000
Tripping Characteristics
3 Poles Loaded
1000
Time (s)
100
10
1
0 2 4 6 8 10 12
Multiples of Current
Cold Low Cold High

Hot Low Hot High

RTO-1 Relay On RTO-1 Relay On

MO Frame 0 Contactor MO Frame 1 Contactor
(9/12/18A) (25/32/40/45A)
140.8
3.7
38.3
RTO-1
FACTORY SEAL
72.2
94.8
45.5
96.4
69.8
82.7
2T1
8.1 14.4 14.4
45
4T2
97NO 98NO 95NC 96NC 94NO
AUTO
2 T1
TRIP
MANUAL
14.4 14.4
10.8
57
6T3
45
4 T2
STOP/RESET START
46.3
RTO-1
6 T3
61.1
111.1
140.8
RTO-1 with Separate Mounting Kit RSO-1

45
14.4
3.7
1 L1 3 L2 5 L3
RSO-1
Factory Seal
70.4
79.6
85.6
59.6
44.5
2 T1 4 T2 6 T3
14.4
35
67.5

RTO-2 Relay On
MO Frame 2 Contactor
(50/60/70A)
4.0
FACTORY SEAL
124.1
71.9
92.0
18.0 18.0
55.0
18.0
9.5
50.4
66.1
148.1
185.8

55
18
4
Factory Seal
78
114.2
119.6
RTO-2
63.8
70
Stop/Reset Start
97 NO 98 NO 95 NC 96 NC 94 NO
18
45
105

RTO-3 Relay On
MO Frame 3 Contactor
(80/95/110A)
4
134.5
96
96
23.3 23.3
70
23.3
9.5
50.9
72.7
165.8
205.1

70
23.3
4
Factory Seal
132.8
142.9
RTO-3
135
70.6
87.5
Stop/Reset Start
97 NO 98 NO 95 NC 96 NC 94 NO
23.3
60
120

RTO-4 Relay On
MO Frame 4/5 Contactor
(140/180/225/250/300A)
60
5.5
52
1L1 3L1 5L3

1/L1 5/L3
RSO-1
RTO-4
85.6
THERMAL OVERLOAD RELAY
NOMINAL CT RATIO 30
160
CURRENT SETTING INDICATOR BACK UP FUSE
82
RANGE (A) SETTING RANGE (A) 60
105-156 3.5-5.2 315
138-201 4.6-6.7 315
201-291 6.7-9.7 400
255-375 8.5-12.5 400
375-555 12.5-18.5 630
510-765 17.0-25.5 800
2T1 4T2 6T3
6/T3
164.9
64.5
60 87
189

MVO Vacuum
Contactor
MVO contactors encapsulating vacuum interrupters are
suited for heavy duty applications like crane & hoist,
mining etc. The contactors, available from 400A to 820A
AC-3 in line with MO contactors having faster switching
capabilities and higher reliability in dusty environment.
EMPOWERING THE FUTURE
81 Key Features
Why Vacuum Contactor?

Vacuum as a medium has better di-electric strength, which makes electrical arc quenching easier than the same
in air. Vacuum interrupters make the main contact system of a vacuum contactor. These encapsulated contacts
prevent any arc from coming out of the interrupter and it also prevents entry of foreign particles inside the
contacts. This makes the vacuum contactor a viable solution in harsh environmental conditions like mining and
steel plants.
In vacuum contactor, the arc gets quenched at first zero crossing without a restrike. The duration of the arc is very
short. This gives minimal wear and tear to the contacts and the electrical life of the contactor is much higher as
compared to conventional air brake contactor.
Benefits of Vacuum contactor

• High electrical life
• Low maintenance
• Low down time
• Cost effective and compact
• Totally encapsulated structure for higher reliability in dusty and corrosive atmosphere
• RoHS compliant
Applications:
• Crawler cranes; forward reverse operation in mines
• Lifts hoists
• Blast furnace
• Cold rolling mill
• Resistive load switching in heaters, ventilation system, melting furnace
Note: Vacuum contactors are not recommended for

• Switching of DC current
• Switching of resistance in rotor circuit of Slip ring induction motors
Features
Contact life indicator on front facia for easy visibility
Potted Coil Drive

• Vibration & shock resistance • Available with universal AC/DC
• Termination capacity as
• Can withstand harsh electronic coil version
per IEC 60947-1
environmental condition • Contactor ON-OFF indicator on top
Refer datasheet at below
• Protection from moisture • Coil voltage indicator on top
• In-built surge suppressor
Technical Details
MVO 400 MVO 500 MVO 630 MVO 820
Parameters Units
CS90097 CS90098 CS90099 CS90077
Conformance to standard IS/IEC 60947 -4-1 IEC 60947- 4-1 EN 60947-4-1
Power Circuit
No. of poles 3 3 3 3
Rated Operational Voltage Ue V 690 690 690 690
Rated Insulation voltage Ui V 1000 1000 1000 1000
Rated Impulse withstand voltage Uimp kV 8 8 8 8
Service Temperature °C -25° to +55°C
Storage Temperature °C -25° to +80°C
Making capacity, 690 V AC kA 5.1 5.1 7.6 7.6
Breaking capacity, 690 V AC kA 4.3 4.3 7.2 7.2
AC-1 A 630 630 820 1000
Rated Operational Current Ie @690V AC-3 A 400 500 630 820
AC-4 A 350 430 610 690
Mechanical life millions 5 5 5 5
AC-3 millions 1.8 1.6 1.4 1.4
Electrical life @ 415 V
AC-4 millions 0.7 0.6 0.4 0.34
Mechanical cy/hr 800 800 800 800
Switching frequency.Operating
AC-3 cy/hr 750 750 500 500
cycles/Hr
AC-4 cy/hr 150 150 150 150
2
Termination capacity, Cu bars (no. x sq.mm.) mm 2 x 40 x 5 2 x 40 x 5 2 x 50 x 5 2 x 60 x 5
No of built in auxiliary contacts 2NO+2NC
AC-15 Rating at 415 V, 50Hz A 4
Coil Characteristics
Voltages 50 Hz, AC V 110, 240, 415
Pick-up VA 1260
Hold-on VA 10
Pick up (% Uc) % Uc 80% - 110% Uc
Limits of operation
Drop off (% Uc) % Uc 55% - 35% Uc
Opening msec 25 - 50(110V), 50 - 80(240V,415V)
Operating time
Closing msec 80 - 125(110V), 50 - 90(240V,415V)
Dimensions
H mm 300 300 310 320
Overall Dimensions W mm 230 230 230 230
D mm 225 225 225 225
Weight kg 16
Accessories Surge Supressor (in-built), Coil Drive (inbuilt), Erosion Indicator (in-built), Add-On blocks
AC-1 16 16 27 40
Watt loss/pole
AC-3 6 10 16 27
415 V 200 250 335 450
Rated kW
690 V 400 500 600 800
MVO Vacuum Contactor

83 Ordering Data
MVO Contactors
AC1 Rating AC3 Rating
Type Cat. Nos.
(A) (A)
MVO 400 630 400 CS90097

MVO 500 630 500 CS90098
MVO 630 820 630 CS90099
MVO 820 1000 820 CS90077
Add-on auxiliary contact block, suitable for all MVO contactors

Side Mounted First Right 1 NO + 1 NC 33 - 34, 41 - 42 CS91209OOOO
MVO 400A-820A
Side Mounted Second Right 1 NO + 1 NC 73 - 74, 81 - 82 CS95036OOOO
MVO Spares
Type Spare Coil
MVO CS90174

Std Coil Voltage 110 240 415
Ordering Suffix AOOO BOOO DOOO
MVO: 400, 500, 630, 820

1L1 3L2 5L3
MVO 820
MVO 820
280
215
213
2T1 4T2 6T3

A1 A2
M8 bolt for
mounting
75 75 H
205
230
MVO Height (mm)

400/500 45
630 133.5
820 87
225
87.8
212
MVO Vacuum Contactor

MNX 2 & 3 Pole
Power Contactors
MNX power contactors are mainly used in motor feeder
and control system applications. The range, available
from 9A to 650A (AC-3) provides a reliable performance
across diverse conditions like high ambient
temperature, humidity etc. Standardized accessories
and spares are available for the entire range.
REACH OUT TO RELIABILITY
87 Technical Details - 2&3 Pole Contactors
Range from 9-650A AC3

l
Coil on top design 95A and above

l
Built-in 2 NO + 2 NC auxiliary
l
contacts for 95A & above
Units MNX 9 MNX 12 MNX 18 MNX 22

2 Pole CS 90232 CS 90234 CS 90236 CS 90238
Catalogue No.
3 Pole CS 94106 / 7* CS 94108 / 9* CS 94100 / 1* CS 94980 / 81*
Power Contacts
Rated insulation voltage, Ui V 690 690 690 690
Rated impulse withstand voltage, Uimp kV 8 8 8 8
240 V AC kW 2.2 3.0 4.0 5.5
Rated kW 415 V AC kW 4.0 5.5 9.3 11.0
500 V AC kW 5.5 7.5 9.3 11.0
240 V AC A 450 450 450 450
Rated making capacity
415 - 500 V AC A 450 450 450 450
240 V AC A 200 250 250 250
Rated breaking capacity
415 - 500 V AC A 200 250 250 250
Utilization category AC-1 A 25 30 30 32
Rated operational current, A 12 18 22
Utilization category AC-3 9
Ie at 55°C / 60°C
Motor duty : 3Ø, 415 V, 50 Hz Utilization category AC-4 A 9 12 18 22
A 5.5 7.1 8 8.5
AC-8b rating at 415V, 50 Hz A 11.5 15.5 23.5 28.5
1 Seconds A 250 300 300 300
10 Seconds A 105 145 145 145
Permissible short 30 Seconds A 70 90 90 102
time ratings 1 Minute A 60 80 80 80
10 Minute A 30 40 40 40
15 Minute A 25 30 30 30
Mechanical life, No. of operating cycles millions 15 15 15 15
Mechanical cy/hr 7200 7200 7200 7200
Max. frequency of Utilization category AC-1 cy/hr 3000 3000 3000 3000
operations: Utilization category AC-2 cy/hr 750 750 750 750
Operating cycles/hr cy/hr 750 750 750
Utilization category AC-3 750
Utilization category AC-4 cy/hr 300 300 300 300
0
Ambient temperature Service temperature C
around the device Storage temperature 0
C -40°C to +80°C
Degree of Pollution
Utilization category AC-1 W 1.5 2 2 2.2
Watt loss per pole
Utilization category AC-3 W 0.5 0.2 0.8 0.8
Type of Terminal Philip and Slot Head Combination Screw
Technical Details - 2&3 Pole Contactors 88
MNX 25 MNX 32 MNX 40 MNX 50 MNX 70 MNX 80

CS 90240 CS 90241 CS 90242 CS 94061 CS 94062 CS 94063
CS 94110 CS 94111 CS 94190 CS 97075 CS 97076 CS 97077
IS/IEC 60947-4-1, IEC 60947-4-1, EN 60947-4-1
690 690 690 690 690 690

8 8 8 8 8 8
5.5 7.5 11.0 15.0 18.6 22.0
11.0 17.0 22.5 26.0 37.0 40.0
15.0 18.6 22.5 30.0 45.0 55.0
480 550 550 900 900 900
480 550 550 900 900 900
400 500 500 750 750 750
400 500 500 750 750 750
45 55 55 85 100 100
25 32 32 50 70 80
25 32 40 50 70 80
25 32 40 50 63 70
13.5 16 20 24 28.5 43
32.5 41.5 52 651 91 104

400 600 600 000 1000 1000
240 400 400 650 650 650
120 225 225 370 370 370
110 150 150 250 250 262
50 70 70 120 120 120
45 65 65 110 110 110
10 10 10 10 10 10
7200 7200 3600 3600 3600 3600
3000 3000 3000 3000 3000 3000
750 750 750 750 750 750
750 750 750 750 750 750
300 300 300 300 300 300
5..... 300 Hz : 3g
-20°C to +55°C
-15°C to +80°C
3000
3
IP 20
TH
3.7 5.1 5.1 9.7 12.9 12.9
1.15 2.15 2.7 5 6.6 7
Slot Head Screw
MNX 2&3 Pole Power Contactors


l

l
l

2 Pole CS 90232 CS 90234 CS 90236 CS 90238
Catalogue No.
3 Pole CS 94106 / 7* CS 94108 / 9* CS 94100 / 1* CS 94980 / 81*
2
Cable with Lug mm 6 6 6 6
2
Maximum Main Cable with Lug (spreader links) mm - - - -
terminal capacity Solid conductors mm2 2x4 2x4 2x4 2x4
Multi strand conductors mm2 2 x 2.5 2 x 2.5 2 x 2.5 2 x 2.5
Main Pole Terminal Nm M3.5 / 1.1 M3.5 / 1.1 M3.5 / 1.1 M4 / 1.3
Tightening Torque
Aux. Pole / Coil / Add on block Terminal Nm M3.5 / 1.1 M3.5 / 1.1 M3.5 / 1.1 M3.5 / 1.1
Fuse protection against short circuit HF 20 HF 32 HF 32 HF 40
Auxiliary Contacts
No. of additional aux. contact possible 8 8 8 8
No. of built-in auxiliary contacts 1 NO or 1 NC 1 NO or 1 NC 1 NO or 1 NC 1 NO or 1 NC
Conventional thermal current, Ith at 55°C A 10 10 10 10
Endurance of auxiliary Contacts miIlions 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5
24-110 V A 6 6 6 6
AC-15 rating , 220-240 V A 4 4 4 4
50 Hz 360-440 V A 4 4 4 4
525-600 V A 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2
24 V A 6 6 6 6
110-125 V A 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1
250 V A 0.55 0.55 0.55 0.55
DC-13 rating
480 V A 0.31 0.31 0.31 0.31
500 V A 0.27 0.27 0.27 0.27
600 V A 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2
Terminal capacity (Solid or multi strand conductors) mm
2
2 x 2.5 2 x 2.5 2 x 2.5 2 x 2.5
Coil
24, 42, 110, 220, 24, 42, 110, 220, 24, 42, 110, 220, 24, 42, 110, 220,
Voltage available Uc 50 / 60 Hz V
240, 415, 525 240, 415, 525 240, 415, 525 240, 415, 525
Pick-up VA VA 68 68 68 68
VA VA 11 11 11 11
Hold-on
Watts W 4 4 4 4
Pick-up (%Uc) 50Hz %Uc 65 - 120 65 - 120 65 - 120 65 - 120
Limits of operation Pick-up (%Uc) 60Hz %Uc 85 - 110 85 - 110 85 - 110 85 - 110
Drop-off (%Uc) %Uc 35 - 50 35 - 50 35 - 50 35 - 50
Closing time ms 10 - 12 10 - 12 10 - 12 10 - 12
Operating time
Opening time ms 7 - 18 7 - 18 7 - 18 7 - 18
Safe isolation between coil and auxiliary contacts V 400 400 400 400
Overall dimensions H x W x D mm3 83 x 45 x 88 83 x 45 x 88 83 x 45 x 88 83 x 45 x 88
Mounting clearance (front) mm 10 10 10 10
Weight kg 0.36 0.36 0.36 0.36

CS 90240 CS 90241 CS 90242 CS 94061 CS 94062 CS 94063
CS 94110 CS 94111 CS 94190 CS 97075 CS 97076 CS 97077
IS/IEC 60947-4-1, IEC 60947-4-1, EN 60947-4-1
10 10 10 1 x 35 1 x 35 1 x 35
- - - 1 x 12.5 x 3 1 x 12.5 x 3 1 x 12.5 x 3
2x6 2x6 2x6 - - -
2x4 2x4 2x4 - - -
M4 / 1.3 M4 / 1.3 M4 / 1.3 M5 / 2.4 M6 / 4.5 M6 / 4.5
M3.5 / 1.1 M3.5 / 1.1 M3.5 / 1.1 M3.5 / 1.1 M3.5 / 1.1 M3.5 / 1.1
HF 63 HN,000 63 HN,000 80 HN,000 80 HN,000 100 HN,000 125
8 8 8 8 8 8
# # # # # #
10 10 10 10 10 10
0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5
6 6 6 6 6 6
4 4 4 4 4 4
4 4 4 4 4 4
1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2
6 6 6 6 6 6
1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1
0.55 0.55 0.55 0.55 0.55 0.55
0.31 0.31 0.31 0.31 0.31 0.31
0.27 0.27 0.27 0.27 0.27 0.27
0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2
2 x 2.5 2 x 2.5 2 x 2.5 2 x 2.5 2 x 2.5 2 x 2.5
24/29, 42/50, 110/132, 24/29, 42/50, 110/132, 24/29, 42/50, 110/132,

24, 42, 110, 220, 24, 42, 110, 220, 24, 42, 110, 220,
220/264, 240/288, 220/264, 240/288, 220/264, 240/288,
240, 415, 525 240, 415, 525 240, 415, 525
415/500, 525/630 415/500, 525/630 415/500, 525/630
68 68 68 190 190 190

11 11 11 21 21 21
4 4 4 5.5 5.5 5.5
65 - 120 65 - 120 80 - 110 80 - 110 80 - 110 80 - 110
85 - 110 85 - 110 85 - 110 85 - 110 85 - 110 85 - 110
35 - 50 35 - 50 35 - 65 35 - 65 35 - 65 35 - 65
10 - 12 10 - 12 10 - 12 15 - 35 15 - 35 15 - 35
7 - 18 7 - 18 7 - 18 10 - 25 10 - 25 10 - 25
400 400 400 400 400 400
83 x 45 x 95.7 83 x 45 x 95.7 83 x 45 x 95.7 109 x 89 x 120.5 109 x 89 x 120.5 109 x 89 x 120.5
10 10 10 10 10 10
0.4 0.4 0.4 1.1 1.1 1.1


l

l
l

2 Pole CS 90232 CS 90234 CS 90236 CS 90238
Catalogue No.
3 Pole CS 94106 / 7* CS 94108 / 9* CS 94100 / 1* CS 94980 / 81*
DC 1 (110V) A 9 12 18 22
DC 1 (220V) A 9 12 18 22
DC ratings DC 3 (110V) A 9 12 18 22
DC 3 (220V) A 9 12 18 22
and AC coil operation
DC 5 (110V) A 9 12 18 22
DC 5 (220V) A 6 7.5 9 12

CS 90240 CS 90241 CS 90242 CS 94061 CS 94062 CS 94063
CS 94110 CS 94111 CS 94190 CS 97075 CS 97076 CS 97077
IS/IEC 60947-4-1, IEC 60947-4-1, EN 60947-4-1
25 32 40 50 63 80
25 32 40 50 63 80
25 32 40 50 63 80
25 32 40 50 63 80
25 32 40 50 63 80
20 25 50 50 50 63


l

l
l

2 Pole CS 94064 CS 94065 CS 94066 CS 94978
Catalogue No.
3 Pole CS 94136 CS 94137 CS 94138 CS 94139
Power Contacts
240 V AC kW 25.0 30.0 40.0 55.0
Rated kW 415 V AC kW 45.0 55.0 75.0 90.0
500 V AC kW 55.0 75.0 90.0 110.0
240 V AC A 1680 1680 1800 2220
Rated making capacity
415 - 500 V AC A 1680 1680 1800 2220
240 V AC A 1400 1400 1600 1850
Rated breaking capacity
415 - 500 V AC A 1400 1400 1600 1850
Rated operational current, Utilization category AC-3 A 95 110 140 185
Ie at 55°C / 60°C
Motor duty : 3Ø, 415 V, 50 Hz Utilization category AC-4 A 95 110 140 160
A 53 58 66 90
AC-8b rating at 415V, 50 Hz A 123.5 143 182 240.5
1 Seconds A 1320 1320 1320 2000
10 Seconds A 800 800 800 1500
Permissible short 30 Seconds A 500 509 647 1000
10 Minute A 170 170 170 350
15 Minute A 160 160 160 320
Mechanical life, No. of operating cycles millions 10 10 10 10
Mechanical cy/hr 3600 3600 3600 3600
Max. frequency of Utilization category AC-1 cy/hr 3000 3000 3000 3000
operations: Utilization category AC-2 cy/hr 750 750 750 750
Operating cycles/hr cy/hr
Utilization category AC-3 750 750 750 750
Utilization category AC-4 cy/hr 300 300 300 250
the device Storage temperature °C
Degree of Pollution
Utilization category AC-1 W 13.5 13.5 17.6 16.6
Watt loss per pole
Utilization category AC-3 W 5 7 11.7 9.4
Type of Terminal
Accessories features 94
CS94979 CS 90301 CS 94346 CS 94069 CS 90243 CS 90578
CS 94140 CS94141 CS90280 CS 94144 CS 94145 CS 96327
IS/IEC 60947-4-1, IEC 60947-4-1, EN 60947-4-1
1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000

8 8 8 8 8 8
63.0 63.0 90.0 110.0 160.0 180.0
110.0 132.0 160.0 200.0 315.0 355.0
132.0 142.0 180.0 250.0 365.0 -
2400 3000 4500 4500 5500 6500
2400 3000 4500 4500 5500 6500
2000 2500 4000 4000 4500 5200
2000 2500 4000 4000 4500 5200
300 300 400 425 650 800
225 250 300 400 550 650
225 250 300 400 550 650
200 200 235 275 300 400
100 120 140 150 150 -
292.5 325 390 520 715 845

2500 2500 3500 4600 7000 7000
1700 1700 2400 4400 6400 6400
1200 1200 1500 3100 4500 4500
1000 1000 1100 2500 3500 3500
450 450 550 900 1400 1400
400 400 500 840 1300 1300
10 10 10 10 10 10
3600 3600 3600 3600 1200 1200
3000 3000 3000 3000 750 750
750 750 750 750 750 750
750 750 750 750 750 750
150 150 150 150 150 150
5...300Hz : 3g
-20oC to +55oC
-15oC to 80oC
3000
3
IP 20
TH
19.4 20.8 17.6 40 52.7 61.2
15 15 12.7 20.7 45 48.6
Slot Head Screw


l

l
l

2 Pole CS 94064 CS 94065 CS 94066 CS 94978
Catalogue No.
3 Pole CS 94136 CS 94137 CS 94138 CS 94139
2
Cable with Lug mm 1 x 120 1 x 120 1 x 120 1 x 185
Maximum Main 2 Cable with Lug (spreader links) mm2 2 x 25 x 3 2 x 25 x 3 2 x 25 x 3 2 x 30 x 5
terminal capacity 2 Solid conductors mm - - - -
2 Multi strand conductors mm - - - -
Main Pole Terminal Nm M8 / 11 M8 / 11 M8 / 11 M10 / 14
Tightening Torque
Aux. Pole / Coil / Add on block Terminal Nm M3.5 / 1.1 M3.5 / 1.1 M3.5 / 1.1 M3.5 / 1.1
Fuse protection against short circuit HN,0 200 HN,0 200 HN,1 250 HN,2 250
Auxiliary Contacts
No. of additional aux. contact possible 4 4 4 4
No. of built-in auxiliary contacts 2 NO + 2 NC 2 NO + 2 NC 2 NO + 2 NC 2 NO + 2 NC
Conventional thermal current, Ith at 550C A 10 10 10 10
Endurance of auxiliary Contacts miIlions 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5
24 - 110 V A 6 6 6 6
AC-15 rating, 220 - 240 V A 4 4 4 4
50 Hz 360 - 440 V A 4 4 4 4
525 - 600 V A 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2
24 V A 6 6 6 6
110-125 V A 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1
250 V A 0.55 0.55 0.55 0.55
DC-13 rating
480 V A 0.31 0.31 0.31 0.31
500 V A 0.27 0.27 0.27 0.27
600 V A 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2
Terminal capacity (Solid or multi strand conductors) mm2 2 x 2.5 2 x 2.5 2 x 2.5 2 x 2.5
Coil
24/29, 42/50, 110/132, 24/29, 42/50, 110/132, 24/29, 42/50, 110/132, 110/132, 220/264,
Voltage available Uc 50 / 60 Hz V 220/264, 240/288, 220/264, 240/288, 220/264, 240/288, 240/288, 415/500,
415/500, 525/630 415/500, 525/630 415/500, 525/630 525/630
Pick-up VA VA 550 550 550 960
VA VA 36 36 36 56
Hold-on
Watts W 10 10 10 16
Pick-up (%Uc) 50Hz %Uc 80 - 110 80 - 110 80 - 110 80 - 110
Limits of operation Pick-up (%Uc) 60Hz %Uc 85 - 110 85 - 110 85 - 110 85 - 110
Drop-off (%Uc) %Uc 35 - 65 35 - 65 35 - 65 35 - 65
Closing time ms 20 - 40 20 - 40 20 - 40 20 - 45
Operating time
Opening time ms 10 - 25 10 - 25 10 - 25 10 - 25
Overall dimensions H x W x D mm3 175 x 137 x 152 175 x 137 x 152 175 x 137 x 152 208.2 x 147 x 181
Weight kg 3 3 3 5.2
CS94979 CS 90301 CS 94346 CS 94069 CS 90243 CS 90578
CS 94140 CS94141 CS90280 CS 94144 CS 94145 CS 96327
IS/IEC 60947-4-1, IEC 60947-4-1, EN 60947-4-1
1 x 185 1 x 185 2 x 240 / 1 x 300 2 x 240 / 1 x 300 2 x 50 x 5 -
2 x 30 x 5 2 x 30 x 5 2 x 50 x 5 2 x 50 x 5 2 x 50 x 5 2 x 60 x 5
- - - - - -
- - - - - -
M10 / 14 M10 / 14 M12 / 27 M12 / 27 M12 / 27 M12 / 27
M3.5 / 1.1 M3.5 / 1.1 M3.5 / 1.1 M3.5 / 1.1 M3.5 / 1.1 M3.5 / 1.1
HN,3 315 HN,3 315 HN,2 400 HN,3 500 HN,3 630 HN,3 800
4 4 4 4 4 4
2 NO + 2 NC 2 NO + 2 NC 2 NO + 2 NC 2 NO + 2 NC 2 NO + 2 NC 2 NO + 2 NC
10 10 10 10 10 10
0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5
6 6 6 6 6 6
4 4 4 4 4 4
4 4 4 4 4 4
1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2
6 6 6 6 6 6
1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1
0.55 0.55 0.55 0.55 0.55 0.55
0.31 0.31 0.31 0.31 0.31 0.31
0.27 0.27 0.27 0.27 0.27 0.27
0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2
2 x 2.5 2 x 2.5 2 x 2.5 2 x 2.5 2 x 2.5 2 x 2.5
110/132, 220/264, 110/132, 220/264, 110/132, 220/264, 110/132, 220/264,

240/288, 415/500, 240/288, 415/500, 240/288, 415/500, 240/288, 415/500, 110, 220, 240, 415 110, 220, 240, 415
525/630 525/630 525/630 525/630
960 960 2100 2100 1000 1000

56 56 95 95 25 25
16 16 35 35 10 10
80 - 110 80 - 110 80 - 110 80 - 110 80 - 110 80 - 110
85 - 110 85 - 110 85 - 110 85 - 110 85 - 110 85 - 110
35 - 65 35 - 65 35 - 65 35 - 65 35 - 65 35 - 65
20 - 45 20 - 45 20 - 45 20 - 45 40 -70 40 -70
10 - 25 10 - 25 10 - 25 10 - 25 30 - 60 30 - 60
690 690 690 690 690 690
208.2 x 147 x 181 208.2 x 147 x 181 275 x 200 x 220 275 x 200 x 220 275 x 200 x 220 296 x 200 x 220
10 mm 10 mm 10 mm 10 mm 10 mm 10 mm
5.2 5.2 9.7 9.7 10.4 10.4


l

l
l

2 Pole CS 94064 CS 94065 CS 94066 CS 94978
Catalogue No.
3 Pole CS 94136 CS 94137 CS 94138 CS 94139
DC 1 (110V) A 95 110 140 185
DC 1 (220V) A 95 110 140 185
DC ratings DC 3 (110V) A 95 110 140 185
DC 3 (220V) A 95 110 140 185
and AC coil operation
DC 5 (110V) A 95 110 140 185
DC 5 (220V) A 95 110 125 185
CS94979 CS 90301 CS 94346 CS 94069 CS 90243 CS 90578
CS 94140 CS94141 CS90280 CS 94144 CS 94145 CS 96327
IS/IEC 60947-4-1, IEC 60947-4-1, EN 60947-4-1
225 225 300 400 550 650
225 225 265 400 550 650
225 225 300 400 550 650
225 225 265 400 550 650
225 225 300 400 550 650
225 225 265 400 550 650

Accessories for MNX

Add-on Blocks Mechanical Interlock Kits
MNX / MCX MNX / MCX MNX M1 MNX M7 MNX M8

Top Add-on Block Side Add-on Blocks (MNX 9-40) (MNX 185-250) (MNX 300-650)
Surge Suppressors
MNX S1 MNX S3 MNX S4
Spares for MNX
MNX Spare Kits MNX Spare Coils
Accessories Spares
$
MNX MNX MNX MNX MNX MNX Contactor Spare Kits Spare Coil *
9 - 40 50 - 80 95 - 140 185 - 250 300 - 400 550 - 650
MNX 9 CS94123
Mounting Configuration Cat. No. Cat. No. Cat. No. Cat. No. Cat. No. Cat. No.
MNX 12 CS94124
4 NO CS94112 CS94112 - - - -
MNX 18 CS94125
3 NO + 1 NC CS94113 CS94113 - - - -
MNX 22 CS94269 CS94105
2 NO + 2 NC CS94114 CS94114 - - - -
MNX 25 CS94127
1 NO + 3 NC CS94115 CS94115 - - - -
MNX 32 CS94128
4 NC CS94116 CS94116 - - - -
Top MNX 40 CS94147
2 NO CS94117 CS94117 - - - -
MNX 50 CS94150
Add 1 NO + 1 NC CS94118 CS94118 - - - -
on MNX 70 CS94151 CS94192
2 NC CS94119 CS94119 - - - -
Block$ MNX 80 CS94152
1 NO CS94120 CS94120 - - - -
MNX 95 CS94153
1 NC CS94121 CS94121 - - - -
MNX 110 CS94154 CS94196
First Left 1 NO + 1 NC CS94220 CS94201 CS94205 CS94205 CS94205 CS94205
MNX 140 CS94155
First Right 1 NO + 1 NC CS94221 CS94202 CS94206 CS94206 CS94206 CS94206
MNX 185 CS94156
Second Left 1 NO + 1 NC - CS94203 CS94207 CS94207 CS94207 CS94207
MNX 225 CS94157 CS94194
Second Right 1 NO + 1 NC - CS94204 CS94208 CS94208 CS94208 CS94208
MNX 250 CS90310
Mechanical Interlock Kit$ CS94126 CS94197 CS94198 CS94199 CS94200 CS94200
MNX 300 CS90283
Surge Suppressors* CS94166 CS94163 CS94164 CS94164 CS94165 - CS94195
MNX 400 CS94161
* Add 4 Digit Coil Suffix as per required voltage MNX 550 CS94162
$ Ordering suffix : OOOO CS94193
MNX 650 CS96336

Std Coil voltage 24 42 48 110 220 240 320 360 380 415 525
Ordering Suffix - 50/60 Hz GOOO HOOO JOOO AOOO KOOO BOOO ROOO COOO LOOO DOOO MOOO
Terminal Marking of Addon Block 100
MNX 9 - 40
Mounting Add-ON Block Contact Combination
Cat. No. Terminal Markings
4 NO - 4 Pole CS94112OOOO 53-54, 63-64, 73-74, 83-84
3 NO + 1 NC - 4 Pole CS94113OOOO 53-54, 61-62, 73-74, 83-84
MNX-A1 2 NO + 2 NC - 4 Pole CS94114OOOO 53-54, 61-62, 71-72, 83-84
1 NO + 3 NC - 4 Pole CS94115OOOO 53-54, 61-62, 71-72, 81-82
4 NC - 4 Pole CS94116OOOO 51-52, 61-62, 71-72, 81-82
Top
2 NO - 2 Pole CS94117OOOO 53-54, 63-64
1 NO + 1NC - 2 Pole CS94118OOOO 53-54, 61-62
MNX-A2 2 NC - 2 Pole CS94119OOOO 51-52, 61-62
1 NO - 2 Pole CS94120OOOO 53-54
1 NC - 2 Pole CS94121OOOO 61-62
MNX-A12S/ 1 NO + 1 NC (1st Left) CS94220OOOO 23-24, 31-32
MNX-A4/MNX-A6 1 NO + 1 NC (1st Right) CS94221OOOO 33-34, 41-42
Side
1 NO + 1 NC (2nd Left) - -
MNX-A4/MNX-A6
1 NO + 1 NC (2nd Right) - -
MNX 50 - 80
4 NO - 4 Pole CS94112OOOO 53-54, 63-64, 73-74, 83-84
3 NO + 1 NC - 4 Pole CS94113OOOO 53-54, 61-62, 73-74, 83-84
MNX-A1 2 NO + 2 NC - 4 Pole CS94114OOOO 53-54, 61-62, 71-72, 83-84
1 NO + 3 NC - 4 Pole CS94115OOOO 53-54, 61-62, 71-72, 81-82
4 NC - 4 Pole CS94116OOOO 51-52, 61-62, 71-72, 81-82
Top
2 NO - 2 Pole CS94117OOOO 53-54, 63-64
1 NO + 1 NC - 2 Pole CS94118OOOO 53-54, 61-62
MNX-A2 2 NC - 2 Pole CS94119OOOO 51-52, 61-62
1 NO - 2 Pole CS94120OOOO 53-54
1 NC - 2 Pole CS94121OOOO 61-62
Side
1 NO + 1 NC (2nd Left) CS94203OOOO 53-54, 61-62
MNX-A4/MNX-A6
1 NO + 1 NC (2nd Right) CS94204OOOO 73-74, 81-82
MNX 95 - 650
4 NO - 4 Pole - -
3 NO + 1 NC - 4 Pole - -
MNX-A1 2 NO + 2 NC - 4 Pole - -
1 NO + 3 NC - 4 Pole - -
4 NC - 4 Pole - -
Top
2 NO - 2 Pole - -
1 NO + 1 NC - 2 Pole - -
MNX-A2 2 NC - 2 Pole - -
1 NO - 2 Pole - -
1 NC - 2 Pole - -
Side
1 NO + 1 NC (2nd Left) CS94207OOOO 53-54, 61-62
MNX-A4/MNX-A6
1 NO + 1 NC (2nd Right) CS94208OOOO 83-84, 71-72

101 Electrical Life Curves
MNX140
MNX185
MNX225
MNX250
MNX300
MNX400
MNX550
MNX650
MNX110
MNX12
MNX18
MNX22
MNX25
MNX32
MNX40
MNX50
MNX70
MNX80
MNX95
MNX9
500 V
240 V
415 V
7
7 10
8 10 9
9
7 8
8
7
6 7
6
5 6
5
5
4
4
4
3
No. of Operating Cycles
3
3
2
2
2
6
10
9 6
6 10
10
8 9
9
7 8
8
6 7 7
5 6 6
4 5 5
5 6 7 8 9 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
1 10 100 1000
Operational Current, le in Amperes

MNX140
MNX185
MNX225
MNX250
MNX300
MNX400
MNX550
MNX650
MNX110
MNX12
MNX18
MNX22
MNX25
MNX32
MNX40
MNX50
MNX70
MNX80
MNX95
MNX9
500 V
240 V
415 V
7
10
8 7 9
10 8
7 9
8 7
6
7 6
5 6 5
4 5 4
3 4
3
3
2
2
6
10 6
9 10
8 6 9
10 8
7 9
8 7
6
7 6
5 6 5
4 5
4
3 4
3
3
2
2
2
5
5 5 10
10 10 5 6 7 8 9 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
1 10 100 1000
MNX 140
MNX 185
MNX 225
MNX 400
MNX 550
MNX 650
MNX 265
MNX 325
MNX 110
MNX 12
MNX 18
MNX 25
MNX 32
MNX 40
MNX 45
MNX 50
MNX 70
MNX 80
MNX 95
MNX 22
MNX 9
500 V
240 V
415 V
7
7
10
8 10 9
9 8
7
8 7
6
7
6
5 6
5
4 5
4
3 4
3
2 3
2
2
6
10
9 6
10
6 10
8
9 9
7 8
8
6 7
7
5 6 6
4 5 5
5 6 7 8 9 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
1 10 100 1000

MNX110
MNX300
MNX80
MNX140
MNX185
MNX225
MNX250
MNX400
MNX550
MNX650
MNX12
MNX18
MNX22
MNX25
MNX32
MNX40
MNX50
MNX70
MNX95
MNX9
500 V
240 V
415 V
107
107 9
8 9 8
7 8 7
6 7
6
5 6
5
5
4 4
4
3 3
3
2 2
2
6 6
10 6 10
9 10 9
8 9 8
7 8
7
6 7
6
6
5 5
5
4 4
4
3 3
3
2 2
2
5
10 5
9 5 10
8 10 9
9 8
7 8
6 7
7
5 6
6
5
4 5
4
4
3
3
3
4
4 4
5 6 7 8 9 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
1 10 100 1000

103
MNX 9-40
0 4.1 5.7
MNX 50-80
0 5 7.5
MNX 95-140
0 7.5 11.5
MNX 185-250
0 8.2 11.2
MNX 300-650
0 11.2 15
Contact Gap
Over Travel
Mounting Position
30O 30O
O
180O 270
1L1 3L2 5L3
M 60
2T1 4T2 6T3
90O 360O
Terminal Designation 104
MNX Frame I : 9A - 22A
A1 A2 A1 A2
1L1 3L2 5L3 13NO 1L1 3L2 5L3 21NC
A1 A1
1L1 3L2 5L3 13NO 1L1 3L2 5L3 21NC
2T1 4T2 6T3 14NO 2T1 4T2 6T3 22NC

A2 A2
2T1 4T2 6T3 14NO 2T1 4T2 6T3 22NC
A1 A2 A1 A2
MNX Frame II : 25A - 40A MNX Frame III : 50A - 80A
A1 A2 A1
1L1 3L2 5L3 1L1 3L2 5L3
A1 A1
1L1 3L2 5L3 1L1 3L2 5L3
2T1 4T2 6T3 2T1 4T2 6T3

A2 A2
2T1 4T2 6T3 2T1 4T2 6T3
A1 A2 A2
MNX Frame IV : 95A - 140A

MNX Frame V : 185A - 250A MNX Frame VI : 550A - 650A
MNX Frame VI : 300 - 400
A1 A2 A1
1L1 3L2 5L3 1L1 3L2 5L3
13 43 13 43
21 31 21 31
22 32 22 32
14 44 14 44
2T1 4T2 6T3 2T1 4T2 6T3
A2
A1 A1
1L1 3L2 5L3 13 43 21 31 1L1 3L2 5L3 13 43 21 31
2T1 4T2 6T3 14 44 22 32 2T1 4T2 6T3 14 44 22 32

A2 A2

MNX Frame I : 9A, 12A, 18A, 22A
116.3
102.3
88
65.8
45 Mounting Holes
35 to Suit M4 Screws
M3.5x9 Cross Screw

83
83
70
45
MNX Frame I : 9A, 12A, 18A, 22A (with MIL Kit)
45 45
82
88
Note: Dimension for 2 Pole contactor is same as

dimension for 3 Pole contactor.

MNX Frame II : 25A, 32A, 40A
45
45
124.08
105.5
95.7
95.7
66.1
66.1
35 (Mounting)
Mounting Holes Suitable
for M4 Screws
70 (Mounting)
82.9
82.9
MNX Frame II : 25A, 32A, 40A (with MIL Kit)
45 45
82.9
95.8


MNX Frame III : 50A, 70A, 80A
156
127.7
83.5 (MNX 70/80)

83 (MNX 45/50)
60 (Mounting)
30 30
85 (Mounting)
96
109
X80
MNX80
80 89
MNX Frame III : 50A, 70A, 80A (with MIL Kit)

108.5 (MNX 70/80)
108 (MNX 45/50)
152.7
25
123 123
CS94197
Mechanical
Interlock
Kit for
MNX 45-80
140
124
MNX80 MNX80
297

MNX Frame IV : 95A, 110A, 140A
45 45
152
156
175
115
61.5
120
137
161
MNX Frame IV : 95A, 110A, 140A (with MIL Kit)
177
86.5
25
170 170
164
180
375

MNX Frame V : 185A, 225A, 250A
3 L2
1 L1 5 L3
125 (Mounting)
208.2
183.2
181
MNX 185
2 T1 6 T3
4 T2
76.2
135 (Mounting)
49 49
171
147
MNX Frame V : 185A, 225A, 250A (with MIL Kit)
202
105
22
204
443
190 190
3 L2 3 L2
1 L1 5 L3 1 L1 5 L3
183.2
188
MNX 185 MNX 185

2 T1 6 T3 2 T1 6 T3
4 T2


MNX Frame VI : 300A, 400A, 550A, 650A
50Hz
220V
Screw
M12 x 40
220
F
E
15
208
175
C C
Contactor MNX 300/400/550 MNX 650

170
B
A
MNX400 A 241 259

B 275 296
C 62.5 74
D 35 40
Mounting Holes
for - M8 Screws E 55 56
D
200 (2NO + 2NC) F 5 6
225 (4NO + 4NC)
MNX Frame VI : 300A, 400A, 550A, 650A

(with MIL Kit)
255
85
35
230 230
MNX 300/
Contactor MNX 650
400/550
A1 A1
B 275 296
3 L2
1 L1 5 L3
250
MNX 265 MNX 265
2 T1 6 T3 2 T1 6 T3
4 T2 4 T2
A2

dimension for 3 Pole contactor
495

MN Thermal
Overload Relays
MN Thermal Overload Relays, available from 0.2A to
570A complement the MNX range of power contactors.
The relays are ambient temperature compensated, and
the unique double slide mechanism provides reliable
protection against single phasing. MN 12L relays with
trip class 30 are specially designed for long starting
time applications.
Available in 3 frame sizes from 0.2-570A

l
Direct mounting on MNX contactors

l
Trip class 10A (30 available in MN 12L)

l
Ambient temperature compensated

l
Built-in single phasing protection
l
Units MN 2 MN 5 MN 12 MN 12L
Conformance to standards IS/IEC 60947-4-1 & IEC 60947-4-1
Direct Direct
Mounting
Separate Separate Separate Separate
MNX 9, 12, 18 MNX 50, MNX 95, 110, 140, 185, 225, 250
Suitable for contactors
22, 25, 32, 40 70, 80 300, 400, 550, 650
Rated insulation voltage Ui V 690 690 690 690
Rated impulse voltage Uimp kV 6 6 6 6

0 0
Service temperature 0
C -5 C to +55 C
Start / OFF / Reset 1 Start & OFF / Reset
Built-in contacts 2 NO + 1 NC 2 NO + 1 NC 2 NO + 1 NC 2 NO + 1 NC
24 V A 6 6 6 6
110 V A 5 5 5 5
Rated operational current
for AC-15 utilization 220 V A 3 3 3 3
category at 50 Hz
380 / 415 V A 2 2 2 2
500 V A 2 2 2 2
Trip class A 10 10 10 30
Max. frequency of operations Cy / hr 30 30 30 30

2
Main terminal capacity Lug mm 10 50 240 240
Aux. terminal capacity Wires mm 2
2 x 2.5 2 x 2.5 2 x 2.5 2 x 2.5
MN 2 / MN 5 / MN 12 Relay MN 2 / MN 5 / MN 12 Relay
10000 10000
8 8
6 6
4 4
2 2
Tripping characteristics
3 Poles Loaded
1000 2 Poles Loaded
1000
8 8
6 6
4 4
2 2
Time (S)
Time (S)
100
100
8 8
6 6
4 4
2 2
10
10
8 8
6 6
4 4
2 2
fn fn
0 0.7 0.8 0.9 11.05 1.2 1.5 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 x 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.80.9 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
Multiples of set current Multiples of set current

MN 12L Relay
10000
8
6
2
3 Poles Loaded
1000
8
6
2
Time (S)
100
8
6
10
8
6
fn
0 0.7 0.8 0.9 11.05 1.2 1.5 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
Multiples of set current

Cold Low Cold High
Hot Low Hot High
MN Relays
Relay Mounting Kit Kit for Mounting MN5 Relay DIN Rail Mounting Kit MN2 Relay
Description Cat. No. Std. Pkg. (Nos.)
Push button unit for MK 1 / ML Relays SS90004OOOO 1
Push button extension unit for MN 2 Relays SS94968OOOO 100
Kit for Mounting MN 2 Relay on ML 1.5 contactor SS94701OOOO 50
Kit for Mounting MN 2 Relay separately (Direct Mounting Type) SS94700OOOO 50
Kit for Mounting MN 5 Relay on MNX 95 / 110 / 140 contactor SS94638OOOO 20
Kit for Mounting MN 5 Relay on ML 2 / ML 3 contactor SS94151OOOO 20
Kit for Mounting MN 5 Relay on ML 4 / ML 6 contactor SS94152OOOO 20
DIN Rail Mounting Kit Relay on MN 2 Relay SS91887OOOO 50
Relay Reset Cord For MN Relays
400 mm 650 mm 900 mm 1200 mm
Description Cat. No. Std. Pkg. (Nos.)
MN Relay reset cord - 400 mm SB94207OOOO 1
MN Thermal Overload Relays

Type Range (A) Cat. No.

0.2 - 0.33 SS94141OOEO
0.3 - 0.5 SS94141OOGO
0.45 - 0.75 SS94141OOJO
0.6 - 1 SS94141OOKO
0.9 - 1.5 SS94141OOMO
1.4 - 2.3 SS94141OOPO
2 - 3.3 SS94141OOQO
MN 2
3-5 SS94141OOSO
4.5 - 7.5 SS94141OOUO
6 - 10 SS94142OOVO
9 - 15 SS94142OOBO
14 - 23 SS94144OODO
20 - 33 SS94145OOEO
24 - 40 SS94145OOFO

9 - 15 SS94135OOBO
14 - 23 SS94135OODO
20 - 33 SS94136OOEO
MN 5 30 - 50 SS94136OOGO
36 - 60 SS94136OOTO
45 - 75 SS94137OOJO
66 - 110 SS94137OOKO

28 - 46.5 SB94211OOGO
42 - 69 SS94138OOHO
60 - 100 SS94138OOKO
MN 12 90 - 150 SS94138OOMO
135 - 225 SS94138OOPO
180 - 300 SS94139OOQO
270 - 450 SS94139OORO

42 - 69 SS94127OOHO
60 - 100 SS94127OOKO
90 - 150 SS94127OOMO
MN 12L*
135 - 225 SS94127OOPO
180 - 300 SS94127OOQO
340 - 570 SS94127OOSO
*For motors with long starting time
Thermal Overload Relay - Type MN
MN 2 (Separate Mounting) MN 5 (Separate Mounting)

Push Button Push Button
Travel Travel
3.5
3.5
2
101.5
94
88.5
89
81
72.5
8.5
36.5
M4 x 10 56.5
Mounting 25.3
Screw Fixing Screws M5 - 2 Nos Suitable for M6
6
8
13.5 13.5 8
13 13
16
14
32
35
65.5
30
55
9
99.5
9
30
35
17.5
START & OFF / Reset Version
START OR
OFF / RESET
36
95 97
26.5
1/L1 3/L2 5/L3
21.5
9
I
98 19 27
94 96 2/T1 4/T2 6/T3
71.5
Auxiliary Contact Arrangement
MN 12 / 12L (Relay)
Travel - 3.5mm
Push Button
182
169
5
88
53
10
82
160 4 Mounting Slots

130 to Suit M5
2/T1
1/L1
60
4/T2
3/L2
7
OR
60
15
9
7
30
5/L3
6/T3
44.3 To suit M.12 Ø13

70
MN Thermal Overload Relays

MDX DC Coil 3 Pole
Power Contactors
MDX Power Contactors cater to all those applications
where DC control supply is used. The range is available
from 9A-110A AC-3 and the major applications are
battery chargers, traction systems, UPS systems etc.
Many critical installations like power generation
equipment, crane terminals, hospital equipment also
incorporate DC Coil contactors.
EFFICIENT SWITCHING NOW WITH DC CONTROL
MDX 50-80 with universal electronic AC/DC coil
Type Designation Units MDX 9 MDX 12 MDX 18

Catalogue no. CS96564 CS96565 CS96566
Power contacts
No. of poles 3 3 3
Rated insulation voltage Ui V 690 690 690
Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp kV 6 6 6
Operational current Conventional free air A 25 28 32

Motor duty: 3Φ, Thermal current Ith (400C)
415 V, 50 Hz 0
Utilization category AC-3 (55 C) A / kW 9 / 4.5 12 / 6.2 18 / 9
240V 2.2 3.2 4
Rated kW 415V 4.5 6.2 9
690V 7.5 10 10
Rated making capacity A 250 250 250
Rated breaking capacity (≤ 440 V) A 250 250 250
Operation current Ie for AC-4 Utilization category
A 4.9 7.9 8.5
at 415 V, 3Φ, 50 Hz for 200000 operating cycles
Permissible short time ratings 10s A 110 110 130
Mechanical life million 20 20 20
Electrical life at 415V, AC-3 Utilization category million 2 2 1.6
Max. frequency of operations cy/hr 3600 3600 3600
Ambient Temperature Service temperature 0

C
around the device Storage Temperature
Degree of Protection From front
Fuse protection against short circuit, gG 25 32 32
Maximum altitude without deration m
Auxliary contacts
No. of in built auxiliary contacts 1 NO 1 NO 1 NO
Conventional thermal current Ith at 550C A 10 10 10
2
Flexible w/o lug mm 1-6 1-6 1-6
Terminal capacity
Flexible c/w lug mm2 6 6 6
Coil characteristics
Coil voltage available VDC
Average hold on coil consumption Watts 5.4 5.4 5.4
Pick-up % Uc 70 - 125 70 - 125 70 - 125
Limits of operation
Drop-off % Uc 10 - 40 10 - 40 10 - 40
Pick-up VA 75 75 75
Hold-on VA 9 9 9
Height mm 81 81 81
Width mm 45 45 45
Overall dimensions
Depth mm 98.5 98.5 98.5
Weight Kg 0.47 0.47 0.47
# Add on Block can be ordered separately.
MDX 25 MDX 32 MDX 38 MDX 50* MDX 65* MDX 80* MDX 95 MDX 110
CS96567 CS96552 CS96553 CS91584* CS91585* CS91586* CS91587* CS91588*
IS/IEC 60947-4-1 & IEC 60947-4-1
3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
690 690 690 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000
6 6 6 8 8 8 8 8
32 56 56 90 110 125 125 125
25 / 13.4 32 / 17 38 / 18.5 50 / 27.2 65 / 36 80 / 46 95 / 55 110 / 66

7 8.8 11 15 18.5 22 27.6 33
11 17 18.5 30 36 45 55 66
18 22 22 37 45 55 74 80
250 480 480 800 1090 1200 1200 1200
250 480 480 800 1090 1200 1200 1200
10 13.5 15.5 28 31 38 43 43
160 320 320 390 390 480 760 880

20 20 20 15 15 15 15 15
1.2 1.6 1.4 1.5 1.4 1.3 1.2 0.8
3600 3600 3600 1500 1500 1500 3600 3600
(-50oC to +70oC)
(-60oC to +80oC)
IP20
50 63 63 100 125 160 160 160
3000
1 NO # # # # # # #
10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10
1-6 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5
6 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5
24 / 48 / 110 / 220 24-48, 60-110, 110-240 V AC/DC 24 / 48 / 110 / 220

5.4 5.4 5.4 2.5 2.5 2.5 15 15
70 - 125 70 - 125 70 - 125 80 - 110 80 - 110 80 - 110 80 - 110 80 - 110
10 - 40 10 - 40 10 - 40 20 - 55 20 - 55 20 - 55 10 - 25 10 - 25
75 75 75 85 85 85 220 220
9 9 9 4.4 4.4 4.4 18 18
81 90 90 136 136 136 124 124
45 45 45 55 55 55 75 75
98.5 107.5 107.5 114.5 114.5 114.5 150.5 150.5
0.47 0.54 0.54 1.06 1.06 1.06 1.73 1.73
* Universal AC/ DC Electronic coil contactors
MDX DC Coil 3 Pole Power Contactors

Type Designation Units MDX 9 MDX 12 MDX 18

Flexible w/o lug m 1-6 1-6 1-6
Terminal capacity
Flexible c/w lug mm2 1-4 1-4 1-4
Main pole terminal 1.5...1.8
Terminal Torque (Nm)
Aux. Pole / Coil / Add on block Terminal
Type of Terminal Clamp-Screw
DC 1(24 V) A 20 22 22
DC 1(48 V) A 20 22 22
DC 1(110 V) A 15 16 16
DC ratings DC 1(220 V) A 10 11 11
with 3 poles in series DC 3-5 (24 V) A 15 18 18
and DC coil operation
DC 3-5 (48 V) A 15 18 18
DC 3-5 (110 V) A 11 12 12
DC 3-5 (220 V) A 5 6 6
DC 1(24 V) A 18 20 20
DC 1(48 V) A 18 20 20
DC 1(110 V) A 12 13 13
DC ratings (A) DC 1(220 V) A 8 8 8

with 2 poles in series DC 3-5 (24 V) A 13 15 15
and DC coil operation
DC 3-5 (48 V) A 11 13 13
DC 3-5 (110 V) A 7 8 8
DC 3-5 (220 V) A 1.5 1.5 1.5
DC 1(24 V) A 15 17 17
DC 1(48 V) A 13 15 15
DC 1(110 V) A 6 6 6
DC ratings (A) DC 1(220 V) A 4 4 4
with 1 pole in series
and DC coil operation DC 3-5 (24 V) A 10 12 12
DC 3-5 (48 V) A 9 11 11
DC 3-5 (110 V) A 2 2 2
DC 3-5 (220 V) A 0.75 0.75 0.75
MDX 25 MDX 32 MDX 38 MDX 50 MDX 65 MDX 80 MDX 95 MDX 110

CS96567 CS96552 CS96553 CS91584 CS91585 CS91586 CS91587* CS91588*
IS/IEC 60947-4-1 & IEC 60947-4-1
1-6 2. 5 - 16 2.5 - 16 4 - 50 4 - 50 6 - 50 6 - 50 6 - 50
1-4 1 - 10 1 - 10 4 - 50 4 - 50 6 - 50 6 - 50 6 - 50
2.5...3 4...5
0.8...1
Double Lug-Clamp Lug-Clamp
23 32 36 60 70 100 100 100
23 32 34 60 70 100 100 100
18 27 34 55 60 85 85 85
12 16 26 45 50 55 55 55
22 30 32 50 55 80 80 80
22 28 28 50 50 70 75 75
15 20 23 30 35 60 60 60
8 12 15 20 25 35 35 35
23 32 36 60 70 100 100 100
23 32 34 60 70 100 100 100
16 25 32 50 60 80 80 80
8 14 20 36 36 40 40 40
18 25 28 35 45 60 60 60
18 22 25 35 40 50 55 55
10 15 18 25 30 40 40 40
1.5 3 4 5 5 7 7 7
20 30 35 45 50 70 70 70
18 26 30 40 50 60 60 60
6 8 8 8 8 8 8 8
4 5 5 6 6 6 6 6
15 20 24 30 35 40 40 40
13 17 20 25 25 30 30 30
2 2.5 2.5 2.5 3 3 3 3
0.75 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

DC Contactors
Ith Ie (AC-3) at £
440V Motor Rating at 50 Hz In Built
Product Auxiliary
Terminal Type Contacts Cat. No.*
Type 40oC
£ 55oC
£ 230 V 415 V 440 V 690 V
(A) (A) (kW) (kW) (kW) (kW) NO/NC
MDX 9 25 9 2.2 4.5 4.8 7.5 Clamp-screw 1 NO CS96564
MDX 12 28 12 3.2 6.2 6.2 10 Clamp-screw 1 NO CS96565
MDX 18 32 18 4 9 9 10 Clamp-screw 1 NO CS96566
MDX 25 32 25 7 13.4 13.4 11 Clamp-screw 1 NO CS96567
MDX 32 56 32 8.8 17 17 22 Clamp-screw - CS96552
MDX 38 56 38 11 18.5 18.5 22 Clamp-screw - CS96553
MDX 50 90 50 14.3 27.2 27.2 43.5 Clamp-screw - CS91584
MDX 65 110 65 18.5 36 36 59.7 Lug-clamp - CS91585
MDX 80 125 80 23 46 46 74 Lug-clamp - CS91586
MDX 95 125 95 27.6 55 55 74 Lug-clamp - CS91587
MDX 110 125 110 33 66 70 80 Lug-clamp - CS91588
* Please add coil suffix as per required coil voltage.
Accessories
Add on Block Surge Suppressor
Add on Blocks
Ith
For Contactor Mounting Contact Combinations Cat. No.
(A)
MDX 9 - 110 Top 10 1 NO + 1 NC CS96568OOOO
MDX 9 - 110 Top 10 2 NO + 2 NC CS96569OOOO
MDX 9 - 110 Side 10 1 NO + 1 NC ST94985OOOO
MDX 9 - 110 Top 10 1 NO / 1 NC reversible CS96586OOOO
Mechanical Interlock kit

For contactor Cat. No.
MDX 9 - 38 CS96572OOOO
MDX 50 - 110 CS96573OOOO

For MDX 9 – 38 * For MDX 50 - 110
Coil Voltage V DC 24 48 110 220 Coil Voltage AC / DC 24 - 48 60 - 110 110 - 240
Suffix 4OOO 5OOO 1OOO 2OOO Suffix JOOO AOOO BOOO
MDX 110
MDX 12
MDX 18
MDX 25
MDX 32
MDX 38
MDX 50
MDX 65
MDX 80
MDX 95
MDX 9
10
3
Million Cycles
0.5
0.3
0.2
0.1
2
10
20
30
50
100
200
300
400
500
600
1000
3
25
[A]
Rated AC-3 Current
Mounting Position
30O 30O
180
O 270O
90O 360O

MDX 9 - 25 (with 1 NO) MDX 32 - 38 MDX 50 - 110 3 Pole in series

L1 L2 L3 L1 L2 L3 L1 L2 L3 + -
A1 1 3 5 13 A1 1 3 5 A1 1 3 5
A2 2 4 6 14
T1 T2 T3 A2 2 4 6 A2 2 4 6
T1 T2 T3 T1 T2 T3
load
MDX 11E Top add on MDX 22E Top add on MDX 11E Side add on
NC
ON
53 61 53 61 71 83 114 122
93 01
54 62 54 62 72 84 94 02
113 121
ON NC
MDX Top add On 1 NO / 1 NC reversible (MDX 9 - 110)
02 03 04 01 04 01 02 03
91 94 93 92 93 92 91 94
92 93 94 91 94 91 92 93
01 04 03 02 03 02 01 04
Overall Dimensions
MDX 9 - 25
45
(1.77”)
10.9
(0.43”) 98.5
6.2
(0 4.2
(3.88”)
)
7”
(0.24”)
Ø
.1
(2.79”)
(3.19”)
71
81
35
(1.38”)
45
MDX 32 - 38
(1.77”)
14.6
(0.57”) 107.5
7.9
(0 4. 2
”)
(4.23”)
.1 7
(0.31”)
(3.15”)
(3.54”)
80
90
35
(1.38”)
55
(2.16”)
MDX 50 - 80
5 114.5
9 18.5 4. ”)
(0.35”) (0.73”) Ø .18 (4.51”)
(0
(5.35”)
(4.33”)
136
110
45
(1.77”)
75
(2.95”) MDX 95 - 110
6 150.5
14 23.5 Ø 4”) (5.92”)
(0.55”) (0.92”) .2
(0
(4.88”)
(4.41”)
124
112
55
(2.16”)
21.4
(0.84”)
Side Add-on blocks
42.8(1.68”)
29
(1.14”)
36.5(1.44”)
41.4(1.63”)
41.4(1.63”)
10

ML 3 Pole
Power Contactors
ML Power Contactors are suitable for
applications involving harsh environments.
They are used in motor feeder applications in
steel industries, material handling plants etc.
The series includes a wide range from 25A to
300A (AC-3) and are complemented by ML
Thermal Overload Relays.
TAP THE TOUGH SOLUTION
Conforms to IS/IEC 60947-4-1, IEC 60947-4-1

l
Range from 25A - 300A AC-3

l
Rugged and designed for harsh operating conditions
l
Type Units ML 1.5 ML 2

Cat. no. SS91851 SS90701
Conformance Standards
No. of poles 3 3
Thermal rating / Utilization category AC-1 : 3 Ø, 415V, 50 Hz A 25 40
Insulation voltage, Ui V 500 500
Utilization Category AC-2 A 25 32
Motor duty 3Ø, 415V, 50 Hz Utilization Category AC-3 kW/A 11 / 25 15 / 32
Utilization Category AC-4 kW/A 9 / 21 15 / 32
Operational Current le (AC-4 Utilization Category)
A 13.5 17
For contact life of 300000 Operating cycles
20% A 37 48
I) Stator duty - 415V, 50Hz
Duty factor (10 min. cycle duration) 40% A 37 48
60% A 30 40
20% A 56 72
Il) Rotor duty - Delta connected
40% A 56 72
Duty factor (10 min. cycle duration)
60% A 44 60
Starting V 830 830
lll) Max. Rotor Voltage
Plugging V 415 415
(10 min. cycle duration)
Speed control V 500 500
Making Capacity at 457V, Cos Ø - 0.35, 50 Hz A 252 400
Breaking Capacity at 457V, Cos Ø - 0.35, 50 Hz A 210 320
DC 1 - 110V A 25 32
DC 1 - 220V A 25 32
DC rating (with 3 poles in series) and DC 3 - 110V A 25 32
AC coil operation DC 3 - 220V A 10 32
DC 5 - 110V A 25 32
DC 5 - 220V A 7.5 32
Mechanical life : No of operating cycles mm 15 x 106 10 x 106
Mechanical cy/hr 3000 2000
Utilization Category AC-1 cy/hr 3000 750
Max. Frequency of operation :
Operating
0 0
C -20 C to + 55 C -200C to + 550C
Wires mm 2 x 10 2 x 25
Main terminal capacity
Lugs mm 16 50
Auxiliary Contacts
No. of built in auxiliary contacts 2 NO + 2 NC 2 NO + 2 NC
Operating Sequence
Thermal Rating at 415V, 50 Hz 16 16
Aux. Terminal Capacity : Wires mm2 2 x 2.5 2 x 2.5
AC-15 Rating at 415V, 50Hz A 4 4
Making Capacity at 415V, Cos Ø - 0.35, 50 Hz A 80 80
Breaking Capacity at 415V, Cos Ø - 0.35 Ø, 50 Hz A 70 70
Coil
24, 42, 110, 220, 240, 42, 110
Voltages Available for 50Hz operation, Uc V
360, 380, 415, 440, 525 60, 380
VA VA 60 120
Pick-up
Cos Ø 0.8 0.4
VA VA 15 20
Hold-on Watts W 5 8.5
Pick-up (% Uc) %Uc 75 - 110 75 - 110
Limits of operation
Drop-off (% Uc) %Uc 65 - 15 65 - 15
Typical closing delay ms 5 - 35 10 - 35
Typical opening delay ms 5 - 20 5 - 25
Weight (unpacked) kg 0.5 0.95
ML 3 ML 4 ML 6 ML 12
SS90721 SS90910 SS90921 SS91010
IS/IEC 60947-4-1, IEC 60947-4-1
3 3 3 3
45 100 125 400
500 660 660 660
40 70 110 300
22 / 40 37 / 70 55 / 110 165 / 300
22 / 40 37 / 70 45 / 85 140 / 250
22 35 46 112
60 95 165 375
60 95 165 375
50 78 135 310
90 157 270 560
90 157 270 560
75 118 206 465
830 830 830 830
415 415 415 415
500 500 500 500
480 840 1200 3000
400 700 1000 2500
40 63 85 300
40 63 85 300
40 63 85 300
40 63 63 300
40 63 85 300
40 63 63 300
10 x 106 10 x 106 10 x 106 10 x 106
2000 1200 1200 1200
750 1000 750 750
750 500 500 500
750 750 750 500
250 250 250 250
-200C to + 550C -200C to + 550C -200C to + 550C -200C to + 550C
2 x 25 - - -
50 50 95 240
2 NO + 2 NC 2 NO + 2 NC 2 NO + 2 NC 2 NO + 2 NC
Break Before Make
16 16 16 16
2 x 2.5 2 x 2.5 2 x 2.5 2 x 2.5
4 4 4 4A
80 80 80 80
70 70 70 70
220, 240 110, 220 110, 220, 240

415, 440, 525 240, 415, 525 380, 415, 525
120 450 450 1450
0.4 0.3 0.3 0.25
20 50 50 85
8.5 17 17 27
75 - 110 75 - 110 75 - 110 75 - 110
65 - 15 65 - 15 65 - 15 65 - 15
10 - 35 10 - 35 10 - 35 15 - 45
5 - 25 10 - 40 10 - 40 5 - 25
0.95 2.9 3 9.2
ML 3 Pole Power Contactors

131 ML Thermal Overload Relay
Type Units ML 1.5 ML 2/3

Cat. no. SS91858 SS91859
Conformance Standards IS/IEC 60947-4-1, IEC 60947-4-1
Rated insulation voltage (Ui) V 500 500
Rated impluse strength (Uimp) V 6 6
0 0 0 0 0
Service temperature C -5 C to + 55 C -5 C to + 55 C
Rated thermal current lth

A 6 6
at 415V, 50 Hz
24V A 6 6
110V A 5 5
Rated operational current for AC-15
220V A 3 3
utilization category at 50 Hz
380 / 415V A 2 2
500V A 2 2
1 Start 1 Start
Built in contacts 1 Off / Reset 1 Off / Reset
1 Alarm (NO) 1 Alarm (NO)
Tripping class A 10 10
Max. Frequency of operation Op. cycles / hr cy / hr 30 30

2
Main Terminal capacity Lug mm 16 50
2
Aux. Terminal capacity Wires mm 2 x 2.5 2 x 2.5
3 Pole Balanced Loading Condition
ML 1 (upto 6-10 Amps) ML 1 (upto 10-16 Amps)

7.2 7.2
6 6
4 4
2 2
103 10
3
6 6
Tripping Time in Seconds

4 4
2 2
2
10 102
6 6
4 4
2 2
1 1
10 10
6 6
4 4
2 2
0.8 1 1.2 1.5 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 0.8 1 1.2 1.5 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Multiples of set current Multiples of set current
ML 2 / 3
7.2
6
4
103
6
2
10
6
4
101
6
4
0.8 1 1.2 1.5 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

Multiples of set current

ML Relays
0.15 - 0.25 SS91858OODO
0.25 - 0.4 SS91858OOFO
0.4 - 0.65 SS91858OOHO
0.6 - 1 SS91858OOKO
ML 0
1 - 1.6 SS91858OOMO
ML 1
1.5 - 2.5 SS91858OOPO
ML 1.5
2.5 - 4 SS91858OORO
4 - 6.5 SS91858OOTO
6 - 10 SS91858OOVO
10 - 16 SS91858OOBO
9 - 14 SS91859OOAO
ML 2 13 - 21 SS91859OOCO
ML 3 20 - 32 SS91859OOEO
28 - 42 SS91859OOFO
Accessories & Spares
Contactor Type Aux. Add on Block Spare Coil* Spare Kit Housing & Bridge Kit
ML 1.5 Not available SS90873 SS95305 ST28734
ML 2 SS95307
Not available SS90545 ST23866
ML 3 SS95309
ML 4 SS95311
SS91494 SS91258 ST28735
ML 6 SS95313
ML10 SS95315 -
SS91474 SS91011
ML 12 SS95317 -
* Add 4 digit suffix as per required coil voltage given below.

Std Coil voltage at 50Hz 24 42 48 110 220 240 360 380 415 440 525
Ordering Suffix GOOO JOOO HOOO AOOO KOOO BOOO COOO LOOO DOOO POOO MOOO
ML 1.5 Contactor (Without shroud) ML 4 Contactor

Fixing Screws
Fixing Screws M6 X 28 - 3 Nos.
M4 X 14 - 3 Nos. 38 38
73 85.5 136 22 min
3.5
54 38
50.7
4.8
124
120
142
44
56
66
24.75 110* 95
24.75 *Provide 12 mm extra for each Add-on block
ML 2 / 3 Contactor ML 6 Contactor
Fixing Screws Fixing Screws
M4 x 14 - 3 Nos. M6 x 28 - 3 Nos.
41.5 41.5 136 22 min
33 33
115 38
19
88
110
134
120
152
33 77
94
110* 95
*Provide 12 mm extra for each Add-on block
ML 12 Contactor Thermal Overload Relay

ML 0/1/1.5 ML 2/3
2.55 30
17.75 21.7 21.7 29 29 26
12
12
142
61.5
M 10 60 Ø10
137 3 Mounting Holes
30 33 33 18
17.25 24.75 24.75 102
84 39.5
170
81.5
205
176
36.8
20
11
32
41
60 60 5.5
21.5
197
36
170
6
194
62
2 NO + 2 NC ( Basic Version ) 91*.*
49.7
5.5
223 ( 4 NO + 4 NC ) 93.5*
Terminal Screws M4 Terminal Screws M4

MX Mini Contactors
& Thermal
Overload Relay
MX Mini Contactors are designed for panels where
panel space is a constraint. The contactors have a
compact design and exhibit reliable performance even
in smaller space. The range is suitable for both
industrial and commercial applications for motor loads
up to 5.5 kW and electromagnetic loads up to 4A.
MAKE WAY FOR BIGGER BENEFITS IN SMALLER FOOTPRINTS
137 Technical Details - MX Power Contactors
Range from 6A - 12A AC3

l
Control contactors available in all NO/NC combinations (4 Pole)

l
Top mounting accessories

l
Available with AC or DC control

l
Built-in surge suppressor with DC control

l
Direct mounting thermal overload relay type RX
l
RoHS Compliant
l
Type Designation for AC / DC Control Units MX 6 AC / DC MX 9 AC / DC MX 12 AC / DC

Catalogue no. for AC control CS94012 / 3 CS94014 / 5 CS94016 / 7
Catalogue no. for DC control CS94021 / 2 CS94023 / 4 CS94025 / 6
Conformance to standards IS/IEC 60947-4-1, IEC 60947-4-1, EN 60947-4-1
Rated insulation voltage, Ui V 690
0 0 0
Service temperature C -5 C to +55 C
Degree of protection IP20
Tightening torque Nm 0.8
Power Contacts
No. of main poles 3
Conventional thermal current, lth A 20
Utilization category AC-1 A 20
Rated current at 415 V, 50 Hz
Utilization category AC-3 A / kW 6/3 9/4 12 / 5.5
Making capacity at 415 V, 50 Hz A 10 Ie (AC - 3)
Breaking capacity at 415 V, 50 Hz A 8 Ie (AC - 3)
Short-circuit protection gG fuse at 415 V, 50 Hz A 20
Electrical durability (AC-3) million 1 0.8 0.6
Utilization category AC-1 cy / hr 3000
Frequency of operation at Uc
Utilization category AC-3 cy / hr 750
Pollution degree 3
2
Solid conductors mm 2 x 2.5
Main terminal capacity 2
Multi-stranded conductors mm 2 x 2.5
Auxiliary Contacts
No. of built-in auxiliary contact 1 NO or 1 NC
Rated current at 415 V, 50 Hz Utilization category AC-15 A 4
Electrical durability (AC-15) at 415 V, 50 Hz million 1.5
Minimum non-overlapping distance mm 0.5
Maximum frequency of operation at Uc (AC-15) cy / hr 1000
Solid conductors mm2 2 x 2.5
Auxiliary terminal capacity
2
415 V AC m 69.30
Maximum Permissible
control cable length 240 V AC m 207.21
for drop-off*
110 V AC m 986.37
CS94012 / 14 / 16 / 21 / 23 / 25 are 3 Main + 1NO auxiliary contact combination

CS94013 / 15 / 17 / 22 / 24 / 26 are 3 Main + 1NC auxiliary contact combination
*Cable capacitance assumed to be 0.2 microfarad/km
Technical Details - MX0 Control Contactors 138
Technical Data
Type Designation for AC / DC Control Units MX 0 AC / DC
Catalogue no. for AC control CS94018 CS94019 CS94020 CS94041 CS94042
Catalogue no. for DC control CS94027 CS94028 CS94029 CS94043 CS94044
Contact combination 40E 31E 22E 13E 04E
C -5 C to +550C
0

Contacts
No. of poles 4
Contact details 4NO 3NO+1NC 2NO+2NC 1NO+3NC 4NC
Rated current at 415 V, 50 Hz Utilisation category AC-15 A 4
Electrical durability (AC-15) at 415 V, 50 Hz million 1.5
Minimum non-overlapping distance mm 0.5
Maximum frequency of operation at Uc for AC-15 cy / hr 1000
2
Terminal capacity
Multi-stranded conductors mm2 2 x 2.5
Control Circuit for Power Contactor & Contactor Relay

Coil voltage AC DC
Standard coil voltage Uc, at 50 Hz V 24, 110, 240, 415 24, 110, 220
Pick-up VA 26 2.8
Average consumption
VA 4.5 2.8
at Uc, 50 Hz Hold-on
W 1.2 2.8
Pick-up % Uc 80 - 110 80 - 110
Limits of operation
Drop-off % Uc 20 - 65 10 - 65
Between coil energisation
and:
- Opening of NC contacts ms 5 - 20 5 - 25
- Closing of NO contacts ms 10 - 25 10 - 30
Operating time at Uc, 50 Hz Between coil de-energisation
and:
- Opening of NO contacts ms 10 - 25 10 - 30
- Closing of NC contacts ms 15 - 30 15 - 35
Mechanical durability million 10 10
Maximum frequency of operation at Uc cy / hr 9000 9000
415 V AC m 69.30
Maximum Permissible
control cable length 240 V AC m 207.21
for drop-off*
110 V AC m 986.37
Note :
1) 5NC and above combinations not recommended for DC control
2) 1NO + 3NC, 4NC add on block combinations are not recommended for DC control
For example, 4NO + 4NC combination can be achieved with 2NO + 2NC auxiliary contactor and 2NO + 2NC add on block and not with 4NO standalone
contactor plus 4NC add on block
3) *Cable capacitance assumed to be 0.2 microfarad/km
MX Mini Contactors&Thermal Overload Relay

139 Accessories features
Auxiliary Contact Blocks
Type Designation Units MX-A1

Catalogue no. CS94030 CS94031 CS94032 CS94033 CS94034 CS94035 CS94036 CS94037
Contact combination 20E 11E 02E 40E 31E 22E 13E 04E
0
Service temperature C -50C to +550C
Contacts
No. of poles 2 4
Contact details 2NO 1NO+1NC 2NC 4NO 3NO+1NC 2NO+2NC 1NO+3NC 4NC
Rated current at 415 V, 50 Hz

Utilization category AC-15 A 3
Short-circuit protection
gG fuse at 415 V, 50 Hz A 10
Electrical durability(AC-15) at 415 V, 50 Hz million 1

Minimum overlapping distance mm 0.5
Maximum frequency of operation
cy / hr 1000
at Uc for (AC-15)
Terminal Solid conductors mm2 2 x 2.5

capacity Multi-stranded conductors mm 2
2 x 2.5
Mechanical Interlock
Type Designation MX-M1
Catalogue no. CS94038OOOO
Surge Suppressor
Type Designation MX-S1
Catalogue no. CS94039
Suitable Coil Voltage at 50 Hz 24 - 48 V 110 - 240 V 360 - 415 V
Ordering Suffix JOOO BOOO DOOO

Std Coil Voltage at 50 Hz 24 42 48 110 220 240 360 380 415 440 525
Ordering Suffix - 50 Hz GOOO HOOO JOOO AOOO KOOO BOOO COOO LOOO DOOO POOO MOOO
Ordering Suffix - 60 Hz - - - YOOO VOOO - - - SOOO - -
Coil Voltage V DC 24 48 110 220

Suffix 4OOO 5OOO 1OOO 2OOO
Thermal Overload Relay - Type RX 140
Technical Data
Type Designation Units RX
Catalogue no. ST94074
Conformance to standards IS/IEC 60947-4-1 & IEC 60947-4-1
Range (A) Ordering Suffix
A 0.23-0.41 OOFO
A 0.45-0.78 OOJO
A 0.78-1.2 OOLO
A 1.2-1.9 OONO
Current range A 1.8-2.8 OOPO
A 2.6-3.6 OOQO
A 3.6-5.2 OOSO
A 4.8-7 OOTO
A 6.4-9.7 OOVO
A 8.2-12.1 OOAO
Rated impulse voltage, Uimp kV 6
0
Service temperature C -5 C to +550C
0
Contacts
24 V A 6
110 V A 5
Rated operational current for AC-15
220 V A 3
utilisation category at 50 Hz for
380 / 415 V A 2
500 V A 2
Tripping class A 10
Maximum frequency of operation cy / hr 30
Main terminal capacity (Lug) 10
Auxiliary terminal capacity (Wires) mm2 2 x 2.5
Mounting mm
2
Direct
OFF / Reset 1 OFF and Reset
Built-in contacts 1NO and 1NC

Technical Data
Relay Selection Chart
Range (A) Back-up fuse (HF) (A) Contactor
0.23 - 0.41 2 MX 6
0.45 - 0.78 2 MX 6
0.78 - 1.2 2 MX 6
1.2 - 1.9 2 MX 6
1.8 - 2.8 4 MX 6
2.6 - 3.6 4 MX 6
3.6 - 5.2 6 MX 6
4.8 - 7 8 MX 9
6.4 - 9.7 10 MX 12
8.2 - 12.1 16 MX 12
Protection Characteristics
Three-phase
1000
500
400
300
200
100
Tripping time (secs)
50
Single-phase 40
30
1000 20
500 10
400
300
5
200 4
3 Cold-state curves
100 2 Hot-state curves
Tripping time (secs)
50 1
40
30
20
10
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
Multiples of the setting currents
5
4
3
Cold-state curves
2
Hot-state curves
1
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
Multiples of the setting currents

MX 6-12 AC/DC
0 1.8 2.8
Contact Gap
Over Travel
Dimension with Relay

64
68
31.8
35
45
8.4
22.8 50
M4
Dimension with MIL Kit

89.5 with Add on Contact Block & Mechanical Interlock
63.7 with Mechanical Interlock
80.2
54.5
42
28.8
7
45 45
2.1
58
90 with Mechanical Interlock
Surge Suppressor
35 35 Mounting Holes Possibility of Mounting
for M4 Screw TH35-7.5 Rail as per IS : 11039
13.3
32.5
50

MCX 4 Pole
Power Contactors
MCX range of 4 pole contactors is available
from 16A to 800A AC-1. The contactors are
widely used in conjunction with auto source
transfer controller for transfer of power from
mains to backup supply.
THE PATHWAY TO SMOOTHER CHANGEOVERS
145 MCX Four Pole Contactors
4 Pole Contactors in DG Set
EB DG
M/L
EB 4 Pole DG 4 Pole
Contactor Contactor
AC3
rated
3P
DG 4 Pole
Contactor
EB Contactor will be
automatically
switched off
EB contactor
will be energized
Load is EB DG set contactor

powered supply will be actuated
by EB fails by DG set
DG set contactor
will be switched off
Power supply to
load by DG set
* Both the contactors are electrically & mechanically interlocked

* Auxiliary NC contact will be used for actuation and NO for indication
MCX Four Pole Contactors 146
4 pole contactors used for DG set

changeover applications are
generally located upstream
Even if motor loads are connected down stream,

the upstream 4 pole contactor will not be
making the starting current of the motor
This starting current will have to be made

by the downstream AC3 rated 3 pole contactor
which will actually switch on he motor
Hence, 4 Pole contactors must always

be selected as per their AC1 rating
MCX 4 Pole Power Contactors


l
Wide operating band upto 100A AC1

l
Compact mechanical interlock arrangement upto 80A
l
Type Unit MCX 01 MCX 02 MCX 03 MCX 04
Catalogue no. CS97009 CS97010 CS97011 CS97012
Preferred DG ratings kVA 7.5 15 20 25
Power contacts
No. of poles 4 4 4 4
Number of built-in auxiliary contacts - - - -
Rated operational voltage, Ue V 415 415 415 415

0 0
Conventional thermal current, lth / AC1 at 55 C / 60 C A 16 25 32 40
1 Second A 250 250 320 400

10 Seconds A 105 105 134 168
15 Seconds A 70 70 90 112
Permissible short
10 Minutes A 30 30 38 48
15 Minutes A 25 25 32 40

0
Service temperature C
Ambient temperature
around the device Storage temperature 0
C
Degree of Pollution
Protective treatment
Watt loss per pole W 1 1.1 2 3.1
Type of Terminal Philip and Slot Head Combination Screw

2
Cable with Lug mm 1x6 1x6 1x6 1x6
2
Maximum Main Busbar (with spreader) mm - - - -
terminal capacity mm 2
Solid conductor 2x4 2x4 2x4 2x4
2
Multistrand conductors mm 2 x 2.5 2 x 2.5 2 x 2.5 2 x 2.5
Main Pole Terminal Nm M3.5 / 1.1 M3.5 / 1.1 M3.5 / 1.1 M3.5 / 1.1
Tightening
Torque Nm M3.5 / 1.1
Aux. Pole / Coil / Add on block Terminal M3.5 / 1.1 M3.5 / 1.1 M3.5 / 1.1
MCX 11 MCX 12 MCX 13 MCX 22 MCX 23
CS97013 CS97014 CS97015 CS97017 CS97018
IS/IEC 60947-4-1 & IEC 60947-4-1
30 40 50 62.5 82.5
4 4 4 4 4
- - - - -
690 690 690 690 690
415 415 415 415 415
8 8 8 8 8
50 63 80 100 130
400 504 640 1000 1300
240 302 384 650 845
120 151 192 370 481
110 139 176 250 325
50 63 80 120 156
45 57 72 110 143
5..... 300 Hz : 3g
0 0
-20 C to 60 C
-400C to 800C -150C to 800C
3000
IP 20
TH
4.8 6.6 7 7.3 7.8
Slot Head Screw
1 x 16 1 x 16 1 x 16 1 x 35 1 x 50
- - - 1 x (12.5 x 3) 1 x (12.5 x 3)
2 x 10 2 x 10 2 x 10 - -
2x6 2x6 2x6 - -
M5 / 2.4 M5 / 2.4 M5 / 2.4 M6 / 4.5 M6 / 4.5
M3.5 / 1.1 M3.5 / 1.1 M3.5 / 1.1 M3.5 / 1.1 M3.5 / 1.1


l

l
l
Type Unit MCX 01 MCX 02 MCX 03 MCX 04
Catalogue no. CS97009 CS97010 CS97011 CS97012
Auxiliary Contacts
Endurance of auxiliary Contacts miIlion 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5
24-110 V A 6 6 6 6
220-440 V A 4 4 4 4
AC-15 rating,
50 Hz A
360-440 V 4 4 4 4
525-600 V A 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2
24 V A 6 6 6 6
110-125 V A 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1
250 V A 0.55 0.55 0.55 0.55

DC-13 rating
480 V A 0.31 0.31 0.31 0.31
500 V A 0.27 0.27 0.27 0.27
600 V A 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2

2
Auxiliary terminal capacity Solid or multistrand conductors mm - - - -
Closing time ms 10 - 12 10 - 12 10 - 12 10 - 12
Operating time
Opening time ms 7 - 18 7 - 18 7 - 18 7 - 18
Coil
Voltage available for 50 Hz operation, Uc V 110, 220, 240, 415 110, 220, 240, 415 110, 220, 240, 415 110, 220, 240, 415
Pick-up VA VA 68 68 68 68
VA VA 11 11 11 11
Hold-on
Watts W 4 4 4 4
Pick-up %Uc 55 - 120 55 - 120 55 - 120 55 - 120

Limits of operation
Drop-off %Uc 30 - 50 30 - 50 30 - 50 30 - 50
3
Overall dimensions H x W x D mm 83 x 45 x 83.7 83 x 45 x 83.7 83 x 45 x 83.7 83 x 45 x 83.7
2
Mountingl dimensions H x W mm (60 - 65 - 70) x 35 (60 - 65 - 70) x 35 (60 - 65 - 70) x 35 (60 - 65 - 70) x 35
Weight kg 0.35 0.35 0.35 0.35

MCX 11 MCX 12 MCX 13 MCX 22 MCX 23
CS97013 CS97014 CS97015 CS97017 CS97018
IS/IEC 60947-4-1 & IEC 60947-4-1
0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5
6 6 6 6 6
4 4 4 4 4
4 4 4 4 4
1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2
6 6 6 6 6
1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1
0.55 0.55 0.55 0.55 0.55
0.31 0.31 0.31 0.31 0.31
0.27 0.27 0.27 0.27 0.27
0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2
- - - - -
10 - 12 10 - 12 10 - 12 15 - 35 15 - 35
7 - 18 7 - 18 7 - 18 10 - 25 10 - 25
110, 220, 240, 415 110, 220, 240, 415 110, 220, 240, 415 240, 415 240, 415
180 180 180 190 190
22 22 22 22 22
5 5 5 5.5 5.5
50 - 110 50 - 110 50 - 110 65 - 120 80 - 110
25 - 45 25 - 45 25 - 45 40 - 60 40 - 60
400 400 400 400 400
80 x 83.5 x 91.8 80 x 83.5 x 91.8 80 x 83.5 x 91.8 109 x 103 x 120.5 109 x 103 x 120.5
(55 - 58) x 70 (55 - 58) x 70 (55 - 58) x 70 80 x 85 80 x 85
10 10 10 10 10
0.8 0.8 0.8 1.3 1.3


l

l
l
Type Unit MCX 32 MCX 33 MCX 34
Preferred DG ratings kVA 100 125 160
Power contacts
No. of poles 4 4 4
Number of built-in auxiliary contacts 2 NO + 2 NC 2 NO + 2 NC 2 NO + 2 NC
Rated operational voltage, Ue V 415 415 415

0
Conventional thermal current, lth/Utilisation category AC1 at 55 C A 160 200 255
1 Second A 1320 1320 1683
10 Seconds A 880 1120 1428

time ratings
1 Minute A 400 400 510
10 Minutes A 170 170 217
15 Minutes A 160 160 204

0
Service temperature C
Ambient temperature
around the device Storage temperature
0
C
Degree of Pollution
Protective treatment
Watt loss per pole W 17 22 25
Type of Terminal
Cable with Lug mm2 1 x 120 1 x 120 1 x 120

2
Busbar (with spreader) mm 2 x (25 x 3) 2 x (25 x 3) 2 x (25 x 3 )
Maximum Main
terminal capacity mm 2
Solid conductor - - -
2
Multistrand conductors mm - - -
Main Pole Terminal Nm M8 / 11 M8 / 11 M10 / 14

Tightening Torque
MCX 41 MCX 42 MCX 43 MCX 44 MCX 45 MCX 46 MCX 47
CS97023 CS97024 CS97025 CS97026 CS97027 CS97028 CS94291
IS/IEC 60947-4-1 & IEC 60947-4-1
200 225 250 320 380 437.5 500
4 4 4 4 4 4 4
2 NO + 2 NC 2 NO + 2 NC 2 NO + 2 NC 2 NO + 2 NC 2 NO + 2 NC 2 NO + 2 NC 2 NO + 2 NC
1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000
415 415 415 415 415 415 415
8 8 8 8 8 8 8
325 360 400 500 600 700 800
2500 2500 3500 4375 5250 6125 7000
1800 1800 2400 3000 3600 4200 6400
1200 1200 1500 1875 2250 2625 4500
1000 1000 1100 1375 1650 1925 3500
450 450 550 688 825 963 1400
400 400 500 625 750 875 1300
5..... 300 Hz : 3g
-200C to +600C
0 0
-15 C to 80 C
3000
IP 20
TH
25 25 30 38 48 60 66
Hexagon Head Screw
2 x 240 2 x 240 2 x 240 2 x 240 2 x 240 2 x 240 2 x 240
2 x (50 x 5 ) 2 x (50 x 5) 2 x (50 x 5) 2 x (50 x 5) 2 x (50 x 5) 2 x (50 x 5) 2 x (50 x 5)
- - - - - - -
- - - - - - -
M12 / 27 M12 / 27 M12 / 27 M12 / 27 M12 / 27 M12 / 27 M12 / 27
M3.5 / 1.1 M3.5 / 1.1 M3.5 / 1.1 M3.5 / 1.1 M3.5 / 1.1 M3.5 / 1.1 M3.5 / 1.1


l

l
l
Type Unit MCX 32 MCX 33 MCX 34
Auxiliary Contacts
Endurance of auxiliary Contacts miIlion 0.5 0.5 0.5
24-110 V A 6 6 6
AC-15 rating, 220-440 V A 4 4 4

50 Hz A
360-440 V 4 4 4
525-600 V A 1.2 1.2 1.2
24 V A 6 6 6
110-125 V A 1.1 1.1 1.1
250 V A 0.55 0.55 0.55

DC-13 rating
480 V A 0.31 0.31 0.31
500 V A 0.27 0.27 0.27
600 V A 0.2 0.2 0.2

2
Auxiliary terminal capacity Solid or multistrand conductors mm - - -
Closing time ms 20 - 40 20 - 40 20 - 40
Operating time
Opening time ms 10 - 25 10 - 25 10 - 25
Coil
Voltage available for 50 Hz operation, Uc V 110, 240, 415 110, 240, 415 110, 240, 415
VA VA 36 36 36
Hold-on
Watts W 10 10 10
Pick-up (%Uc) %Uc 80 - 110 80 - 110 80 - 110

Limits of operation
Drop-off (%Uc) %Uc 35 - 65 35 - 65 35 - 65
3
Overall dimensions H x W x D mm 175 x 183.5 x 152 175 x 183.5 x 152 175 x 183.5 x 152
2
Mountingl dimensions H x W mm 115 x 165 115 x 165 115 x 165
Weight kg 4.6 4.6 4.6

MCX 41 MCX 42 MCX 43 MCX 44 MCX 45 MCX 46 MCX 47
CS97023 CS97024 CS97025 CS97026 CS97027 CS97028 CS94291
IS/IEC 60947-4-1 & IEC 60947-4-1
0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5
6 6 6 6 6 6 6
4 4 4 4 4 4 4
4 4 4 4 4 4 4
1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2
6 6 6 6 6 6 6
1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1
0.55 0.55 0.55 0.55 0.55 0.55 0.55
0.31 0.31 0.31 0.31 0.31 0.31 0.31
0.27 0.27 0.27 0.27 0.27 0.27 0.27
0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2
2 x 2.5 2 x 2.5 2 x 2.5 2 x 2.5 2 x 2.5 2 x 2.5 2 x 2.5
20 - 45 20 - 45 20 - 45 20 - 45 40 - 70 40 - 70 40 - 70
10 - 25 10 - 25 10 - 25 10 - 25 30 - 60 30 - 60 30 - 60
110, 240, 415 110, 240, 415 110, 240, 415 110, 240, 415 110, 240, 415 110, 240, 415 110, 240, 415
2100 2100 2100 2100 1000 1000 1000
95 95 95 95 25 25 25
35 35 35 35 10 10 10
80 - 110 80 - 110 80 - 110 80 - 110 80 - 110 80 - 110 80 - 110
35 - 65 35 - 65 35 - 65 35 - 65 35 - 65 35 - 65 35 - 65
690 690 690 690 690 690 690
275 x 248 x 221 275 x 248 x 221 275 x 248 x 221 275 x 248 x 221 275 x 248 x 221 275 x 248 x 221 275 x 248 x 221
170 x 225 170 x 225 170 x 225 170 x 225 170 x 225 170 x 225 170 x 225
10 10 10 10 10 10 10
11.8 11.8 11.8 11.8 12.1 12.1 12.1

Accessories for MCX

Add-on blocks Mechanical Interlock Kit
MNX / MCX MNX / MCX MCX M3

Top Add-on Block Side Add-on Block (MCX 22)
Spares for MCX
MCX Spare Kits
Accessories Spares
MCX MCX MCX MCX MCX Spare Spare
01 - 04 11 - 13 22 - 23 32 - 34 41 - 47 Contactor
Kits Coil *
Mounting Configuration Cat. No. Cat. No. Cat. No. Cat. No. Cat. No. MCX 01 - 04 - CS94105
4 NO CS94112 CS94112 CS94112 - - MCX 11 CS94077
CS94009
3 NO + 1 NC CS94113 CS94113 CS94113 - - MCX 12 CS94078
ST91291
4 NC CS94116 CS94116 CS94116 - - MCX 32 CS94082
Top
2 NO CS94117 CS94117 CS94117 - - MCX 33 CS94083 CS94196
Add 1 NO + 1 NC CS94118 CS94118 CS94118 - - MCX 34 CS94084
on
2 NC CS94119 CS94119 CS94119 - - MCX 41 CS94295
Block
1 NO CS94120 CS94120 CS94120 - - MCX 42 CS94296
CS94195
1 NC CS94121 CS94121 CS94121 - - MCX 43 CS94297
First Left 1 NO + 1 NC CS94220 CS94201 CS94201 CS94205 CS94205 MCX 44 CS94298
First Right 1 NO + 1 NC CS94221 CS94202 CS94202 CS94206 CS94206 MCX 45 CS94299
Second Left 1 NO + 1 NC - CS94203 CS94203 CS94207 CS94207 MCX 46 CS94300 CS94193
Second Right 1 NO + 1 NC - CS94204 CS94204 CS94208 CS94208 MCX 47 CS90308
Mechanical Interlock Kit CS94126 ST50540 CS93095 SS94992 CS94301
Surge Suppressors* CS94166 CS94163 CS94163 CS94164 CS94165
* Add 4 Digit Coil Suffix as per required voltage.
* Ordering suffix for Aux. contact & MIL Kit is OOOO.
Note: Mounting of side Add-on Aux. contact block is not recommended for mechanically interlocked MCX 11/12/13 Contactors.

Std Coil voltage at 50 Hz 110 220 240 415
Ordering Suffix AOOO KOOO BOOO DOOO
Terminal Designation 156
MCX 01-04 MCX 11-13 MCX 22-23
A1 A2 A1
A2 A1
1L1 3L2 5L3 7L4 1L1 3L2 5L3 7L4
1L1 3L2 5L3 7L4
2T1 4T2 6T3 8T4

2T1 4T2 6T3 8T4 2T1 4T2 6T3 8T4
A1 A2 A2
A1 A1 A1
1L1 3L2 5L3 7L4 1L1 3L2 5L3 7L4 1L1 3L2 5L3 7L4
2T1 4T2 6T3 8T4 2T1 4T2 6T3 8T4 2T1 4T2 6T3 8T4
A2 A2 A2
MCX 32-34/MCX 41-44
A1
1L1 3L2 5L3 7L4
13 43
A1
21 31 1L1 3L2 5L3 7L4 13 43 21 31
22 32 2T1 4T2 6T3 8T4 14 44 22 32

A2
14 44
2T1 4T2 6T3 8T4

A2
MCX 45-47
A2 A1
1L1 3L2 5L3 7L4
13 43
A1
21 31 1L1 3L2 5L3 7L4 13 43 21 31
22 32 2T1 4T2 6T3 8T4 14 44 22 32

A2
14 44
2T1 4T2 6T3 8T4

157 Contact Travel Diagram
MCX 01 - 04
0 4.9 5.7
MCX 11 - 13
0 4 6
MCX 22 - 23
0 5 7.5
MCX 32 - 34
0 7.5 11.5
MCX 41 - 47
0 11.2 15
Contact Gap
Over Travel
MCX 01-04
10.8 Mounting Holes

10.8 10.8 to Suit M4 Screws
83.7
81.5
70
65
60
64.95
33.91
8
81
M3.5 x 9
83 35 Cross-Head
Screws
45
MCX 01-04 (with MIL Kit)

83.7
81.5
65
10
45 45
67.8
70
77
65
60
35 20 35

MCX 11-13
83.5
78.5
19
1L1 3L2 5L3 7L4
98.15
91.8
65.9
80
MCX 13
18
2T1 4T2 6T3 8T4
Mil Kit Coil Terminals

M4 Mounting
Holes-10 Nos. Contactor B
19
55
70
80
Contactor A
56.5 28.8 27.3 56.5
128.2
113.8
98.1
65.9
196

MCX 22-23
109 (2 NO + 2 NC)
106 (1 NO + 1 NC)
103
Terminal Screw
(M6) 30 30 30
120.5 13
1 L1 3 L2 5 L3 7 L4
83.5
109
96
MCX 22
2 T1 4 T2 6 T3 8 T4
12 80 85 (Mounting)
Add-on (1 NO + 1 NC) (Mounting)
108.9
M6 Terminal
Screws
144.7
108.5
25
80 72 80 M6 Mounting Hole - 6 Nos.

CS93095
Mechanical
Interlock
Kit For
MCX 21/22
1 L1 3 L2 5 L3 7 L4 1 L1 3 L2 5 L3 7 L4
140
124
85
MCX 22 MCX 22
2 T1 4 T2 6 T3 8 T4 2 T1 4 T2 6 T3 8 T4
30 30 30
62
131 131
297

MCX 32-34
Terminal Screws
183.5 4 Mounting Holes MCX31/32/33 - M8 x 25
D for M5 Screw MCX34 - M10 x 30
240V
50Hz 50Hz
240V
1 L1 3 L2 5 L3 7 L4
A1
115 (Mounting)
136
30
47
C
MCX 34
A2
2 T1 4 T2 6 T3 8 T4
50Hz
240V
18
3
A A A 61.5
165 (Mounting) 152
M6 Mounting Holes-6 Nos
165 46 165
1 L1 3 L2 5 L3 7 L4 1 L1 3 L2 5 L3 7 L4
A1 A1
180
164
139.5
MCX 34 MCX 34
A2 A2
2 T1 4 T2 6 T3 8 T4 2 T1 4 T2 6 T3 8 T4
25
197 197
86.5
425
177

MCX 41-47
248
Mounting Holes Screws Terminal Screws
245 for M8 Screws M12 x 40
225
62.5 62.5 62.5
35
241
275
170
15
5
55
247 (2 NO + 2 NC)
221
271 (4 NO + 4 NC)
280 280
Ø9 - Mounting Holes
M12 - Terminal Screws
MCX-M5
Mechanical
Interlock
Kit
A1 A1
1 L1 3 L2 5 L3
7 L4 1 L1
3 L2 5 L3
7 L4 MCX 41 - 45
Contactors
241
250
275
MCX 41 MCX 41
2 T1 4 T2 8 T4 2 T1 8 T4
6 T3 4 T2 6 T3
A2 A2
9
49.75 49.75
5
62.5 62.5 62.5 99.5
280 280 90
595 256
1 L1 3 L2 5 L3
7 L4
1 L1 3 L2 5 L3
7 L4
MCX 41
2 T1
MCX 41
4 T2
A2 6 T3 8 T4
2 T1
4 T2
A2 6 T3 8 T4

MO C Capacitor
Duty Contactors
MO C Capacitor Duty Contactors are specially designed
for capacitor switching applications. As capacitor
switching is associated with high inrush current, the
contactors are provided with damping resistors which
limit the value of inrush current to a safe value. The
contactors are used in APFC panels for switching power
capacitors depending upon the amount of reactive power
compensation required.
THE ROAD TO HIGHER RELIABILITY
-0.95 -0.96
-0.97
-0.98
-0.99
1.00
c
osФ +0.99
+0.98
165 Capacitor Duty Contactors
Power Termination
Separate Termination
for damping resistors
A1 1 3 5
A2 2 4 6
DIN rail Mounting
Delatching Auxiliary
contacts
In keeping with the mission to deliver the best, E&A understands the
requirements of the RoHS directive. The directive restricts the use of hazardous
substances in electrical and electronic equipment and bans electrical
equipment containing more than permitted levels of lead, cadmium, mercury,
hexavalent chromium, polybrominated biphenyl (PBS) and polybrominated
diphenyl ether (PBDE) flame retardants.
Benefits of using MO C Contactors 166
Benefits of using Capacitor Duty Contactors:

Since switching of capacitor banks involves high transient inrush currents, the size of the contactor required to
switch these high currents becomes higher. Hence, current limiting inductors are used in series to attenuate this
inrush current. This increases the system cost and panel space.
A typical case below illustrates the magnitude of transient inrush current for switching of a capacitor bank. For a
12.5 kVAr capacitor bank:
Rated current of 12.5 kVAr 415 V Capacitor = 18A

Peak Inrush current without Damping Resistors = 1200A
Capacitor Duty Contactors are designed to limit this high transient inrush current by introducing damping
resistors with early make auxiliary contacts. The current limiting due to damping resistors protects the APFC
system from harmful effects of the capacitor charging inrush current.
Peak Inrush current with Damping Resistors = 260A

It is observed that peak inrush current with damping resistors is one fifth of that without damping resistors.
As the contactor is now required to switch the rated capacitor current, the size of the contactor required is smaller.
Thus the system cost and panel space are significantly lower when Capacitor Duty Contactors are used.
MO C Capacitor Duty Contactors:

MO C Capacitor Duty Contactors are designed for switching 3 phase, single or multi-step capacitor bank. In
conventional capacitor switching contactors, early make auxiliary contacts used for insertion of damping
resistors used to remain in the circuit continuously. During current breaking these auxiliary contacts would also
carry and break the currents due to higher arc resistance in the main pole during arcing. This current breaking by
auxiliary contacts at higher transient recovery voltage causes unreliable product performance and premature
product failures.
MO C range of capacitor switching contactors have patented mechanism which disconnects the early make
auxiliary contacts after the main contacts are closed. This completely eliminates the possibility of auxiliary
contacts carrying and breaking the currents during breaking operation. This enhances the product switching
performance and improves the product life.
Features and benefits of MO C Capacitor Duty Contactors

Feature Customer Benefits
Improved switching performance
De-latching auxiliary contacts
Reduced losses in auxiliary contacts
Dual contact gap for auxiliary contacts
Higher electrical life
Enhanced product safety
Encapsulated resistor assembly
No flash over between phases
Ease if wiring
Separate termination of damping resistors
Enhanced operational reliability
Improved switching performance
Wide and chatter-free operating band Higher electrical life
Higher product reliability
MO C Capacitor Duty Contactors

167 Capacitor Duty Contactors
MO C Contactors are available in 9 different ratings within 3 different frame sizes. All Contactors are available
with AC coils with a large variety of voltage range for 50 or 60 Hz.
Rated operational Current kVAr rating at

Contactor
(AC-6b) at 440V, 50Hz 440 V
MO C 3 3.9 3
MO C 5 6.6 5
MO C 8.5 11.2 8.5
MO C 10 13.1 10
MO C 12.5 16.4 12.5
MO C 15 19.7 15
MO C 20 26.2 20
MO C 25 32.8 25
MO C 30 39.4 30
MO C 40 52.5 40
MO C 50 65.6 50
MO C 60 78.7 60
MO C 75 98.4 75
MO C 85 111.5 85
MO C100 131.2 100
Possible Reasons of damage of Capacitor Duty Contactor and how MOC addresses them:
1. Damping resistors are intact but connection terminals are damaged.
This can happen if the damping resistors are disconnected from the system during switch on. The damage is
due to the fact that the main terminals would have seen the entire inrush current as the damping resistors were
disconnected and there was no current limiting.
MOC addresses this by having separate connections for damping resistors which are crimped. Under no
circumstances will the damping resistors become loose or disconnecting, thereby the main contacts will never
see entire inrush current
2. Burning of discharge resistors over a period of time due to overheating.
This happens if the damping resistors are continuously in circuit. If the capacitors are overloaded due to
harmonics, high current will flow continuously through the damping resistors, thereby causing overheating.
MOC addresses this by have resistor with de-latching operation. This means after the initial make operation,
the resistors are disconnected from the system and only main contacts are present. Even if there is higher
current due to capacitor overload, the resistors will not see that current as they are disconnected. There will be
no damage to the main contacts too as they have a high thermal rating.
3. Burning of resistors due to chattering / continuous make-break.
The band of MO C Contactors coil is 75% - 110% of specified coil voltage. Voltage dips can be absorbed by
MOC Contactors as they have a sufficiently high operating band. However, any rise or drop in control voltage
beyond this can result in overloading or chattering.
168
Effect of Under-voltage on Capacitor Duty Contactor

MO C, capacitor duty contactor is designed such that the main contacts never carry the peak inrush current of the
capacitor under normal condition. There is a de-latching mechanism in MO C contactor. latching mechanism for
opening and closing of the damping resistor assembly. This mechanism puts the resistor system in circuit for first
few mili-seconds after the close command is given to contactor. Once the peak inrush current is passed, main
contacts are closed and resistors are disconnected from the circuit. This can be understood with the timing
diagram shown below in fig 1:
ON
Damping resistor
Main contacts
OFF
Time in millisecond
Timing diagram for de-latching and main contacts operation (For illustration purpose only)
But in case of under-voltage condition the electromagnetic force produced in the magnet system is not sufficient
to close the magnet system completely, which may result in two scenarios:
1. Damping resistor contacts, which are early make contacts, get closed but the force is insufficient for closing
main contacts and as a result de-latching does not occur.
2. Another scenario can be when the contactor starts chattering because of low voltage. And the latching
contacts close and open again and again with a frequency higher than the recommended switching frequency.
In both the cases resistors heat up because of repetitive passage of high current through them. This excessive
heating can be as high as to burn the resistor block
Because of under-voltage, coil also draws current higher than its rated current. This damages the coil. Burnt or
damaged coil again indicates the under-voltage.
As discussed above that in case of under-voltage, electromagnetic force is not sufficient to close the main
contacts. And there won't be any damage to main contacts.
It can be inferred now that if capacitor duty contactor's resistor assembly is found burnt along with burnt coil and
healthy main contacts, the contactor has failed because of under-voltage.
Solution to protect the contactor from damage because of under-voltage:

There can be two probable solutions to protect the contactor from under-voltage condition:-
1. Use APFC relays with under-voltage setting. Set the under-voltage at 75%. In case of under-voltage APFC
relay will give trip command to incomer.
2. Use under voltage relay. Connect coil supply in series with NO contact of under voltage relay (non failsafe
relay). When the relay gets healthy supply voltage, the normally open contacts close and only then
will coil of the contactor gets supply through APFC relay output. In case of under-voltage this contact will
open and coil supply will be withdrawn.

Technical Specification
• Available for capacitor range from 3 - 100 kVAr

• Modular design saving precious panel space
• De-Latching auxiliary contacts
• Separate termination of damping resistors
• Encapsulated resistor assembly ensuring safety
• Lug as well as Lugless termination
Type Designation Units MO C3 MO C5 MO C8.5

kVAr Rating (at System voltage 440 V)# kVAr 3 5 9
Built in
Catalogue No. 1 NO/
Aux CS96146 CS96127 CS96320
1NC
Contacts
Conformance to Standards
Rated Operational Current at 440 V, 50 / 60 Hz (AC-1) Ie A 10 10 25
Rated Operational Current at 440 V, 50 / 60 Hz (AC-6b) Ie A 3.9 6.6 11.2
Short Circuit Protection
Max. Operational Voltage Ue V 690 690 690
Rated insulation Voltage Ui V 1000 1000 1000
Rated Impulse Withstand Voltage Uimp kV 8 8 8
Degree of Protection
Cable with Ferrule type Lug mm
Cable with Pin type Lug mm
Main Terminal Cable with Fork type Lug mm
Capacity Cable with Ring type Lug mm
No. of cable x
(Max.Range - Solid Conductor mm
2
2 x 10 2 x 10 2 x 10
Min.Range)
Stranded Conductor mm
2
2x6 2x6 2x6
Finely Stranded Conductor mm 2
2x6 2x6 2x6
Coil Operating Pick-up V 65 - 110 65 - 110 65 - 110
Band Drop-off % Uc V 35 - 65 35 - 65 35 - 65
Pick-up % Uc VA 77 77 77
Coil
VA 9 9 9
Consumption Hold-on
W 3 3 3
Mechanical Million 10 10 10
Life (Operating Cycles)
Electrical Million 0.2 0.2 0.2
Max. Operating Frequency Operations / Hr 240 240 240
Operating Making
Sequence Breaking
Height H mm 87 87 87
Overall Width W mm 45 45 45
Dimensions Depth D mm 133.5 133.5 133.5
Mounting Dimensions mm 35 x 60 - 65 - 70 35 x 60 - 65 - 70 35 x 60 - 65 - 70
Watt loss per pole W 0.03 0.08 0.2
Weight kg 0.52 0.52 0.52
Note: Contact replacement is not permitted in MO C contactors

* Accessories and Spares same as that of MO contactor.
** With spreader link
# kVAr ratings should be selected as per the net kVAr of the capacitor reactor combination irrespective of capacitor voltage (440V/480V/525V)
# While selection it should be ensured that current rating of capacitor is less than the current through the contactor
$ Use spreader while using 16 sq.mm cable
$$ Terminal capacity mentioned is with spreader
MO C10 MO C12.5 MO C15 MO C20 MO C25 MO C30**

10 13 15 20 25 30
CS96156 CS96321 CS90019 CS90021 CS96322 CS96148**
IS/IEC 60947-4-1, IEC 60947-4-1, EN 60947-4-1

25 40 40 50 50 55
13.1 16.4 19.7 26.2 32.8 39.4
gG type fuses rated at 1.5-2 Ie
690 690 690 690 690 690
1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000
8 8 8 8 8 8
IP20
1 x (4-10) -
1 x (4-10) -
1 x (4-10), For width 12.4 mm Max. -
- 2 x 16 max lug palm width 12mm
2 x 10 2 x 10 2 x 10 2 x 10 2 x 10$ -
$
2x6 2x6 2x6 2x6 2x6 -
2x6 2x6 2x6 2x6 2 x 6$ 2 x16
$$
65 - 110 65 - 110 65 - 110 65 - 110 65 - 110 65 - 110

35 - 65 35 - 65 35 - 65 35 - 65 35 - 65 35 - 65
77 77 77 77 77 77
9 9 9 9 9 9
3 3 3 3 3 3
10 10 10 10 10 10
0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2
240 240 240 240 240 240
Early Make / Main
Main Contacts Break
87 87 87 87 87 115**
45 45 45 45 45 56**
133.5 133.5 133.5 133.5 133.5 133.5**
35 x 60 - 65 - 70 35 x 60 - 65 - 70 35 x 60 - 65 - 70 35 x 60 - 65 - 70 35 x 60 - 65 - 70 35 x 60 - 65 - 70
0.3 0.5 0.7 1.3 2.0 2.9
0.52 0.52 0.52 0.52 0.52 0.56**

Technical Specification
• Available for capacitor range from 3 - 100 kVAr

• Modular design saving precious panel space
• De-Latching auxiliary contacts
• Separate termination of damping resistors
• Encapsulated resistor assembly ensuring safety
• Lug as well as Lugless termination
Type Designation Units MO C40 MO C50 MO C60

kVAr Rating (at System voltage 440 V)# kVAr 40 50 60
Built in
Catalogue No. 1 NO/
Aux CS96147 CS96324 CS96149
1NC
Contacts
Conformance to Standards
Rated Operational Current at 440 V, 50 / 60 Hz (AC-1) Ie A 80 90 100
Rated Operational Current at 440 V, 50 / 60 Hz (AC-6b) Ie A 52.5 65.6 78.7
Short Circuit Protection
Max. Operational Voltage Ue V 690 690 690
Rated insulation Voltage Ui V 1000 1000 1000
Rated Impulse Withstand Voltage Uimp kV 8 8 8
Degree of Protection
Cable with Ferrule type Lug mm 1 x (25-35), 2 x (16-25) -
Cable with Pin type Lug mm 1 x (25-35), 2 x (16-25) -
Main Terminal Cable with Fork type Lug mm - -
Capacity Cable with Ring type Lug mm - 2 x 50 max lug palm width 12mm
No. of cable x
(Max.Range - Solid Conductor mm
2
- - -
Min.Range)
$$
Stranded Conductor mm
2
2 x (10-35) 2 x (10-35) 2 x 35
$$
Finely Stranded Conductor mm2 2 x (10-35) 2 x (10-35) 2 x 35
Coil Operating Pick-up V 75 - 110 75 - 110 75-110
Band Drop-off % Uc V 35 - 65 35 - 65 35 - 65
Pick-up % Uc VA 144 144 144
Coil
VA 15 15 15
Consumption Hold-on
W 6 6 6
Mechanical Million 10 10 10
Life (Operating Cycles)
Electrical Million 0.2 0.2 0.2
Max. Operating Frequency Operations / Hr 240 240 240
Operating Making
Sequence Breaking
Height H mm 123.5 123.5 174**
Overall Width W mm 55 55 73**

Dimensions Depth D mm 163 163 163**
Mounting Dimensions mm 45x100 - 105 45 x 100 - 105 45x100 - 105
Watt loss per pole W 4.1 6.4 9.2
Weight kg 1.15 1.15 1.32**
Note: Contact replacement is not permitted in MO C contactors

* Accessories and Spares same as that of MO contactor.
** With spreader link
# kVAr ratings should be selected as per the net kVAr of the capacitor reactor combination irrespective of capacitor voltage (440V/480V/525V)
# While selection it should be ensured that current rating of capacitor is less than the current through the contactor
$ Use spreader while using 16 sq.mm cable
$$ Terminal capacity mentioned is with spreader
MO C75 MO C85 MO C100

75 85 100
CS96150 CS96160 CS96158
IS/IEC 60947-4-1, IEC 60947-4-1, EN 60947-4-1

140 140 180
98.4 111.5 130
gG type fuses rated at 1.5-2 Ie
690 690 690
1000 1000 1000
8 8 8
IP20
1 x (50-70), 2 x (25-35) -
1 x (50-70), 2 x (25-35) -
- -
- 2 x 95 max lug palm width 25mm
- - -
2 x (16-70) 2 x (16-70) -
2 x (16-70) 2 x (16-70) -
75 - 110 75 - 110 75 - 110
35 - 65 35 - 65 35 - 65
240 240 240
25 25 25
9 9 9
10 10 10
0.2 0.2 0.2
240 240 240
Early Make / Main
Main Contacts Break
135 135 195**
70 70 95**
175 175 175**
60x115 - 120 60 x115 - 120 60 x115 - 120
9.4 12.1 12.1
1.72 1.72 1.9**

Contactors
Product Designation kVAr Rating @ 415V 50Hz In Built Aux contacts Cat. No.*
MO C3 3 1 NO/1 NC CS96146/CS96151
MO C5 5 1 NO/1 NC CS96127/CS96128
MO C8.5 8.5 1 NO/1 NC CS96320/CS96337
MO C10 10 1 NO/1 NC CS96156/CS96159
MO C12.5 12.5 1 NO/1 NC CS96321/CS96338
MO C15 15 1 NO/1 NC CS90019/CS90020
MO C20 20 1 NO/1 NC CS90021/CS90022
MO C25 25 1 NO/1 NC CS96322/CS96339
MO C30 30 1 NO/1 NC CS96148/CS96153
MO C40 40 1 NO/1 NC CS96147/CS96152
MO C50 50 1 NO/1 NC CS96324/CS96341
MO C60 60 1 NO/1 NC CS96149/CS96154
MO C75 75 1 NO/1 NC CS96150/CS96155
MO C85 85 1 NO/1 NC CS96157/CS96160
MO C100 100 1 NO/1 NC CS96158/CS96161
*Add four digit suffix as per coil voltage
Accessories & Spares

Add on Blocks Spare Coils
Mounting Position Contacts Cat. No. For Contactor Cat. No.
First Left 1 NO + 1 NC CS94580OOOO MO C3 - C30 CS96317
First Right 1 NO + 1 NC CS94581OOOO MO C40 - 60 CS96318
Second Left 1 NO + 1 NC CS94582OOOO MO C75 - 100 CS96319
Second Right 1 NO + 1 NC CS94583OOOO * Add four digit suffix as per coil voltage
MO C Spreader Link Kit

For Contactor Cat. No.
MO C3-30 CS94274OOOO
Note:1) Spreader Link Kit consists of six moulded links and four phase barriers

Std Coil Voltage 110 220 240 415
Ordering Suffix - 50 / 60 Hz AOOO KOOO BOOO DOOO
Surge Suppressor
Description Link set contains Cat. No. Suitable for

Surge Suppressor for MO Frame 0/1, 110VAC 110V, AC CS91706AOOO
MO Frame - 0/1
Surge Suppressor for MO Frame 0/1, 220-320VAC 220-320V, AC CS91706BOOO MO0 Control
Surge Suppressor for MO Frame 0/1, 360-415VAC 360-415V, AC CS91706DOOO MO C Frame - 1

MO Frame - 2
MO Frame - 3
Surge Suppressor for MO Frame 4/5, 24-110VAC 24-110V, AC CS91854AOOO
MO Frame - 4/5
Surge Suppressor for MO Frame 4/5, 220-240VAC 220-240V, AC CS91854BOOO
Surge Suppressor for MO Frame 4/5, 360-525VAC 360-525V, AC CS91854DOOO

MO C
P P
2T1 4T2 6T3

D
S
T
L
C H
Mounting
Screw
W
MO C
Label
3 - 25 40 - 50 75 - 85
W 45 55 70
D 133.5 163 175
H 87 123.5 135
N 26 26 26
T 60 68 68
C 22.8 27 35
L 19.6 29.5 30
S 50 82 93
P 14.4 18 23
A 113 142 154
MO C Frame 1 (with spreader links) / MO C 30
56
1L1 3L2 5L3

133.5
13
113
103
50
26
MO C30
SUPERNOVA
14
62
2 T1 4 T2 6 T3
19.6
60
22.8 21.8 21.8
35 70
45
115
73
1L1 3L2 5L3
163
13
142
154
82
26
MO C60
SUPERNOVA
14
71
29.5
2 T1 4 T2 6 T3
27
45 100
55 105
28 28
174
91
1L1 3L2 5L3

174.5
154
13
169.6
93.1
26.4
MO C100
74.8
14
29.7
115
2 T1 4 T2 6 T3
34.8 120
60
193.6
70
35 35

MO0
Auxiliary Contactors
MO0 control contactors are basic 4 pole contactor.
These contactors can be used for building control
logics. With addon blocks these contactor can give you
a maximum 8 auxiliary contact (6 NC and above
combination is not allowed). We have MO0 DC basic
four pole contactor relays. The no. of contacts can be
extended upto 8 NO to 4 NC. These contactor are
suitable for industrial as well as commercial
installations where complex control is required.
THE MASTER KEY TO EVERY CONTROL REQUIREMENT
179 Technical Details MO0 AC
Salient Features & Benefits

Compact
l dimensions saving precious panel space
l In-built surge supressor with the coil
DIN Rail
l mounting facility
l Lug as well as Lugless termination
RoHS
l compliant
Contact Combination 4 NO 3 NO + 1 NC 2 NO + 2 NC
Type MO 0 40E MO 0 31E MO 0 22E
AC Control CS91623 CS91624 CS91625
Type Units MO0 AC

No. of poles 4
Rated insulation voltage (Ui) V 1000
AC-15 690 V AC
Rated operation voltage (Ue)
DC-13 220 V DC
Rated impulse withstand voltage kV 8
Thermal current (Ith) @ 55°C A 10
Rated current at 415, 50Hz, Utilization category AC-15 A 4
Mechanical life million 10
Electrical life (AC-15 Duty) @ 415 V @ 4A million 1
Mechanical cy / hr 7200
Max. frequency of operations (op. cycle/ hr) AC-15 cy / hr 1200
DC-13 cy / hr 1200
Solid conductor mm 2x4
Terminal capacity
Stranded conductor mm 2 x 2.5
Coil
Rated coil voltages (Uc) 50 Hz / 60Hz V 24, 110, 220, 240, 415
Pick up VA 68
Consumption
Hold on VA 9
Hold on W 2.8
Operating limits %Uc Pick-up %Uc 65 - 110
Drop-off %Uc 30 - 55
Overall dimension H X W X D mm 86.5 x 45 x 89
Add-on auxiliary contact block Spares
Description Cat. No.

Spare Coil CS94841*
MO Top Add-on Block * Add 4 digit suffix as per required coil voltage given below.
Contacts Cat. Nos.
1 NO CS94585OOOO
1 NC CS94586OOOO
2 NO CS94591OOOO
1 NO + 1 NC CS94592OOOO
2 NC CS94593OOOO
4 NO CS94594OOOO
2 NO + NC CS94596OOOO
4 NC CS94598OOOO

Std Coil Voltage at 50 Hz 24 110 220 240 415
Ordering Suffix GOOO AOOO KOOO BOOO DOOO
Technical Details of MO0 DC 180

Compact
l dimensions saving precious panel space
In-built
l surge suppressor with coil
DIN rail mounting facility
l
Lug as well as lugless termination
l
Rohs Complaint
l
Contact Combination 4 NO 3 NO + 1 NC 2 NO + 2 NC
Type MO 0 DC 40E MO 0 DC 31E MO 0 DC 22E
DC Control CS90045 Cs90046 Cs90047
Parameters Units MO0 DC

Conformance to standards IS/IEC 60947-5-1
No of Poles 4
Rated Insulation Voltage (Ui) V 1000
AC-15 V 690 V AC
Rated operational Voltage (Ue)
DC-13 V 220 V DC
Rated Impulse withstand Voltage kV 8
Thermal current (Ith) @ 40OC A 10
2A at 690 V AC
AC-15 A 4A at 415 V AC
Rated Operational Current (Ie) 10A at 240 V AC
0.3A at 220 V DC
DC-13 A
0.6A at 110 V DC
Mechanical Life Million 10
Electrical Life (AC-15 Duty) @415V @4A Million 1
Mechanical Cycle/Hours 7200
Max. frequency of operations (op.cycle/hr)
Electrical Cycle/Hours 1200
Solid mm2 2x4
2
Stranded mm 2 x 2.5
Terminal capacity
Pin type Lug mm2 2 x 2.5
Fork type Lug mm2 1 x 2.5
Coil
Rated coil voltage (Uc) V 24, 110, 220, 480 V DC

5.4
Consumption Hold On W 70 - 120
Pick Up %Uc 60 - 10
Operating Limits % Uc
Drop off %Uc 83.5 x 45 x 111
Overall Dimensions (H x W x D) mm

Coil Voltage V DC 24 48 110 220
Suffix 4OOO 5OOO 1OOO 2OOO
MO0 Auxiliary Contactors

2NO + 2NC 3 NO + 1 NC
A1 A2 A1 A2
03 NO 11 NC 21 NC 33 NO 03 NO 11 NC 23 NO 33 NO
04 NO 12 NC 22 NC 34 NO 04 NO 12 NC 24 NO 34 NO
A1 A2 A1 A2
A1 A1
03NO 11NC 21NC 33NO 03NO 11NC 23NO 33NO
04NO 12NC 22NC 34NO 04NO 12NC 24NO 34NO

A2 A2
4 NO
A1 A2
03 NO 13 NO 23 NO 33 NO
04 NO 14 NO 24 NO 34 NO
A1 A2
A1
03NO 13NO 23NO 33NO
04NO 14NO 24NO 34NO

A2
MO0
10.510.510.5 15.75 15.75

86.5
5.25 5.25
126.5
26
50
108.7
89
68.5
60
50.6
19.6
22.8 60 5.4 5.4

35 70 16.2 16.2
45 Contactor width
MO0 Auxiliary Contactors

Electronic Coil Contactors
for AC/DC Operation
MDX 50 – 110 A, MO 140 – 300 A and MVO 400 to 820
A are available with universal AC/DC electronic coil
version. Electronic coils have wide operating band,
serving as an energy efficient solution and thus
reducing overall power consumption. These coils
provide flexibility in using AC as well DC control supply
and are available from 20V up to 415V.
Electronic Coil Range 184

MO 140 to 300A and MDX 50 to 110A are available
l
with universal AC/DC electronic coil version.

The electronic coil have voltage range
l
starting from 20-48V to 240-415 V.
MDX Contactor
Type AC-1 Rating (A) AC-3 Rating (A) Cat Nos
MDX 50 90 50 CS91584
MDX 65 110 65 CS91585
MDX 80 125 80 CS91586
MDX 95 125 95 CS91587
MDX 110 125 110 CS91588
MO Contactor
Type AC-1 Rating (A) AC-3e Rating (A) Cat Nos
MO 140 250 140 CS95042
MO 185 275 185 CS95047
MO 225 275 225 CS95052
MO 250 400 250 CS94456
MO 300 500 3000 CS94464
MVO Contactor
Type AC-1 Rating (A) AC-3 Rating (A) Cat Nos
MVO 400 630 400 CS90097
MVO 500 630 500 CS90098
MVO 630 820 630 CS90099
MVO 820 1000 820 CS90077
Ordering Suffix for Coil voltage

Coil Voltage 20-48 60-110 110-240 240-415
Suffix JOOO AOOO BOOO DOOO
Contactor MDX 50-110 MDX 50-110 MDX 50-110 & MO 140-330 MO 140-300
Coil Voltage 110 240 415

Suffix AOOO BOOO DOOO
Contactor MVO 400-820
MR Single Pole
Contactors
MR range caters to single phase applications. The
contactors are rugged and have a wide operating band
upto 25A (AC-3). Typical applications include
Compressors in air-conditioning equipment, Single
Phase Pumps, Single Phase Power Supply, Single
Phase Heater etc. Their high AC-1 rating ensures better
overload capacity.
ACCESS NEW LEVELS OF VERSATILITY
Wide operating band upto 25A AC-3

l
High AC-1 rating ensuring better overload capacity

l
Fast on termination (optional)

l
Type Designation Units MR 11W MR 11NW MR 13

Conforms to standards IS/IEC 60947-4-1, IEC 60947-4-1
Power Contacts
No. of poles 1 1+ shunted neutral 1
Rated impulse withstand voltage (Uimp) kV 8
Conventional thermal current, Ith (AC-1) A 63 63 63
Motor duty : single phase 240 V, 50 Hz (AC-3) kW/hp/A 3.7 / 5 / 25 3.7 / 5 / 25 5.5 / 7.5 / 40
Motor duty : single phase 240 V, 50 Hz (AC-4) kW/hp/A 3.7 / 5 / 25 3.7 / 5 / 25 5.5 / 7.5 / 40
Short-circuit protection gG fuse at 240 V A 63 63 100
Mechanical life Million 10 10 10
Maximum frequency : (No Load) Cy/h 7200
(AC-1) Cy/h 3000
(AC-3) Cy/h 750
(AC-4) Cy/h 300
0
Service temperature C -50C to 550C
Solid conductor Sq. mm 1 x 10
Main terminal capacity
Multi strand Sq. mm 2 x 10
Coil
Voltages available at 50 Hz, Uc V 24, 220, 240
Pick-up VA 40
VA 8.5
Hold-on
W 2.5
Pick-up (% Uc) 60 - 110 60 - 110 80 - 110
Limits of operation
Drop-off (% Uc) 20 - 50 20 - 50 20 - 65
Note: Ordering suffix BOOO-240 V, 50 Hz
Add on Auxiliary Contact Block for MR MR 1 NO
Auxiliary contact block Units

Type designation MR-A1
Catalogue no. CS94179
Conforms to standards IS /IEC 60947-5-1, IEC 60947-5-1
For contactors W MR 11W / MR 11NW
Contacts
No. of poles 1
Contact details 1 NO
Conventional thermal current, Ith A 10
Rated current at 240 V, 50 Hz Utilization category AC-15 A 4
Short-circuit protection gG fuse at 240 V A 10
Electrical durability (AC-15) at 240 V, 50 Hz Million 1
Maximum frequency of operation at UC for AC-15 Cy/h 1200
0 0 0
Service temperature C -5 C to 55 C
2
Terminal capacity 2
MR 11W / MR 13
Terminal Screw M5
Mounting Holes for M5
8.7
76.8
41.3
42.5
56.3
49
38.3
75.8
44.3 51
88.4
MR 11NW
Terminal Screw M5
76.8
55.5
49
60.8 Mounting Holes for M5
N
240V 50Hz
38.3
44.3
240V 50Hz
75.8
A2
70.5
MR Single Pole Contactors

MU- 2P
2 Pole Contactors
MU Contactors are true 2 pole contactors with isolated
neutral useful in motor starters. Available for 16 – 40 A
current rating suitable for low voltage conditions.
ONE STEP TOWARDS SMOOTHER START
Features and
ide B oil
True 2 pole contactor W ed C
t
Pot
l
lTop mounted relay

lTop mounted 2 pole add-on
Applications
lSingle phase pump control
lSingle phase motors
Benefits
lNeutral isolation
lSuitable for low voltage conditions
lHigh temperature withstand capability
lCoil protection from humid environment
Units MU 16-2P MU 25-2P MU 40-2P

Catalogue No. CS90117 CS90118 CS90119
Conformance to standards IS/IEC 60947-4-1, IEC 60947-4-1
No. of poles 2
Rated operational voltage Ue V 240V AC 50 Hz
Rated insulation voltage Ui V 690V AC 50 Hz
Rated operation current Ie AC-3 at 240V 50 Hz A 16 25 40
Rated thermal current Ith A 32 45 50
Backup fuse rating A 40 63 63
Mechanical life Cycles million 5
Electrical life at 240V, at rated AC-3 current Cycles million 1
Mechanical cy/hr 7200
Operations per hour
AC-3 cy/hr 750
Al cable/Al Lug mm 1 x 16
Main terminal capicity Bare conductors mm 2 x 10
Multi strand conductors mm 2x6
Service temperature °C -5°C to +55°C
Coil Circuit
Standard V 220, 240
Rated coil voltages
Wide band coil V 160 - 220
Pick up VA VA 77
Coil consumption Hold on VA VA 13
Hold on W W 4
55% - 120% for Standard coil
Pick up
Coil operating band 75% - 120% for Wide band coil
Drop Off 30% - 50%
3
Overall dimension (H X W X D) mm 82.5 x 64 x 85.8
Accessories Top mounted 2 pole add-on
Spares Spare coil and Spare contact kit
85.8 Contactor Depth

58.8
22.3
18 82.5 Contactor Height
64 Contactor Width
52.4
Mounting Hole
19 M4 Screw
+ +
+ +
65
72
+ +
+ +
MU - 2P 2 Pole Contactors
0193
MU-2P Relay
Features
lAvailable in 1 frame size from 1 - 40 A
lDirect mounting on MU-2P Contactors
lTrip class 10A
lAmbient temperature compensated
lBuilt-in single phasing protection
Type Designation Units MU-2P

Poles 2
Rated impulse voltage (Uimp) kV 8
24 V A 6
Rated operational current for 110 V A 5

AC-15 utilization category at 50 Hz
220 V A 3
415 V A 2
Controls Start and Off / Reset
Built in contacts 1NO (Start) and 1NC (Off/Reset)
Trip class A 10
Ambient compensated Yes
Service temperature °C -5°C to +55°C
Short circuit protection device Fuse link, 63 A type HF
Mounting Direct with MU-2P contactor

2
Terminal capacity Main mm 10
(Unprepared conductor) Auxiliary mm 2
2.5
3
Overall dimensions (H x W x D) mm 70 x 84 x 82
Ordering information 194
MU-2P Contactor
Catalogue Numbers
Description
220V Coil 240V Coil 160-220V Coil
MU 16-2P CS90117KOOO CS90117BOOO CS90117NOOO
Top add on block
2 NO CS90692OOOO
2 NC CS90694OOOO
1 NO CS90695OOOO
1 NC CS90696OOOO
Spare coil CS90793KOOO CS90793BOOO CS90793NOOO
Spare contact kit
MU 16-2P CS90217OOOO
MU-2P Relay
Description Cat. No.

MU-2P Relay, 1 - 1.6 A CS90207OOMO
MU-2P Relay, 1.5 - 2.5 A CS90207OOPO
MU-2P Relay, 2.5 - 4 A CS90207OORO
MU-2P Relay, 4 - 6.5 A CS90207OOTO
MU-2P Relay, 6 - 10 A CS90207OOVO
MU-2P Relay, 9 - 14 A CS90207OOAO
MU-2P Relay, 11 - 18 A CS90207OOCO
MU-2P Relay, 13 - 22 A CS90207OODO
MU-2P Relay, 16 - 26 A CS90207OOBO
MU-2P Relay, 20 - 32 A CS90207OOEO
MU-2P Relay, 26 - 40 A CS90207OOFO
MU - 2P 2 Pole Contactors
Electronic Motor
Protection Relay
Motor Protection relay protects the motor against
burnout during overload or locked rotor condition and
offers a wide range of specification to meet various
needs, including protection against overload and phase
reversal etc.
The selection of MPR should be based on the cost and
application of electric motor. Its appropriate selection
not only prevents motor damage, but also ensures
optimal process efficiency with minimal interruption.
REO Electronic
Overload Relays
REO Electronic Overload Relays complement MO range of
contactors and can be directly mounted on them. The
relays are phase failure sensitive, also available with
ground fault protection. and locked rotor protection. The
relays have a front access to START and STOP/RESET
buttons and are provided with three contacts for Alarm,
Trip and Start.
Salient Features 198
ELECTRONIC
REO OVERLOAD R E L AY S
E&A introduces REO range of Electronic Overload Relays to complement the MO range of contactors.
REO electronic overload relays are available in 2 version and in 2 frame size. REO range of Electronic
Overload Relays provide protections against overload, single phasing, locked rotor and
ground fault and are modular in design.
Visual
l status indication-tripped / non-tripped from front
Phase
l failure sensitive
l Locked Rotor and Ground Fault protections
l Selectable Trip Class
Auto
l manual / Reset function
Features Test function-simulates
l the tripping of the Relay from the front
Front access to START and STOP / RESET buttons
l
Three contacts: Alarm, Trip and Start
l
Isolated alarm circuit (N.O.) contact
l
Direct mounting on MO contactors
l
Accessories Separate
l mounting kit
Type REO 1.1 REO 1.1G REO 4 REO 4G

Main Circuit
Conformance to Standards IS/IEC 60947-4-1, IEC 60947-4-1, EN 60947-4-1
Range 0.15-0.75A, 0.6-3A, 2.4-12A, 9-45A 18-90A, 72-360A, 270-1350A
Mounting Direct / Separate Separate
Direct Mounting on Contactors MO 9 - 45 -
Degree of Protection IP 20
Rated Insulation Voltage Ui 1000 V
Rated Impulse Withstand Uimp 6 kV
Rated Operational Voltage 415 V, 50 Hz / 480V, 60Hz
Type of Operation Direct Acting, Trip Free Mechanism
Trip Class (Selectable) 10A, 10E, 20E, 30E
Temp Compensation (-20O to +55O) C
Protection Inbuilt Overload, Single Phase, Overload, Single Phase, Overload, Single Phase, Overload, Single Phase,
Phase Unbalance, Phase Unbalance, Phase Unbalance, Phase Unbalance,
Locked Rotor Locked Rotor, Locked Rotor Locked Rotor,
Ground Fault Ground Fault
Solid - 2 x 2.5 to 10 sq. mm. Solid : 1 x 4...240, 2 x 2.5...150 mm
Terminal Capacity (Main) Finely Stranded - 2 x 2.5 to 6 sq. mm. Finely Stranded : 1 x 4... 240 mm2
Tightening Torque - 1.2 Nm. Finely Stranded : 2 x 2.5... 150 mm2
Type of Screw - M4”
Auxiliary Circuit
1NO - Alarm
No. of Contacts 1NO - Start
1NC - Trip
Rated Insulation Voltage 1000V
Rated Impulse Withstand 6 kV
AC-15 Rating 2A @ 415 V, 50 Hz
Thermal Current 5A
2 x 2.5 sq. mm, Solid or finely stranded.

Terminal Capacity (Aux) Auxiliary Terminals: 2 x 2.5mm2
Type of Screw - M3, Tightening Torque - 0.5 Nm
REO Electronic Overload Relays Accessories for REO Relays

Type Range (A) Cat. Nos.
0.15-0.75 CS90418OOJO
0.6-3 CS90418OOQO
REO 1.1
2.4-12 CS90418OOLO
9-45 CS90418OOGO
0.15-0.75 CS90423OOJO
0.6-3 CS90423OOQO
REO 1.1G
2.4-12 CS90423OOLO
9-45 CS90423OOGO
18-90 CS90418OOUO
REO 4 72-360 CS90418OORO Description Cat. No.
270-1350 CS90418OOCO REO Relay Separate Mounting Kit CS96335OOOO
18-90 CS90423OOUO Reset cord CS90425OOOO
REO 4G 72-360 CS90423OORO
270-1350 CS90423OOCO
REO 1.1 / 1.1G
157.5 1 L1 3 L2 5 L3
35.5
50
75.1
100
115.4
158.5
2 T1 4 T2 6 T3
128.5
49.1
REO-1.1
AUTO
27 36
LRC
Trip
9-45A 30 class
18
0 45
LED
82.9
RESET START
TRP
95NC 96NC 97NO 98NO 94NO

REO 4 / 4G
2T1 4T2 6T3
5.5
31.8 54.5 8.7 8.7 8.7 8.7
52 14.4 14.4
5
L1 3L2 5L3
1/L1 5/L3
RSO-1
REO-4
ELECTRONIC OVERLOAD RELAY
NORMAL CT RATIO
REO-4 27
AUTO
LRC
36 Trip
class
9-45A 18
104.6
160
82
60
0 45
LED
2/L1 6/T3
2T1 4T2 6T3
87.2
30
64.5 60 171.5
189
Inlet
Assembly of separate mounting kit Reset Cord Fitment Terminals
1029
RE
Start
Reset O1 Cable
.1
Cable
LRC
Separate Mounting
Kit Housing
95 N
C
96 N
C 97 N
843
O
98 N
Terminal Height
O 94 N
O
2T1
483
4T2
6T3
Outlet
82 Terminals 9.4
86
81
35
907
81
86
REO Electronic Overload Relays

EOLR - Class 10A (7.2Ir @ 4s) Hot & Cold Curve

1000
100
Trip Time (S)
10
0.1
1 Cold Curve Hot Curve 10
Fault Current (xIr)
EOLR - Class 10A (7.2Ir @ 4s) Thermal Memory
100
Trip Time (S)
1min
2min
5min
10 10min
1
1 10
Fault Current (xIr)
Eg.,
For fault current of 2A,
1. Trip time with cool down time of 1 min is 21 Sec
EOLR - Class 10E (7.2Ir @ 7s) Hot & Cold Curve

1000
100
Trip Time (S)
10
0.1
Fault Current (xIr)
EOLR - Class 10E (7.2Ir @ 7s) Thermal Memory
1000
100
Trip Time (S)
1min
2min
5min
10
10min
1
1 10
Fault Current (xIr)
Eg.,


10000
1000
Trip Time (S)
100
10
1
Fault Current (xIr)
10000
1000
Trip Time (S)
1min
100
2min
5min
10 10min
1
1 10
Fault Current (xIr)
Eg.,

10000
1000
Trip Time (S)
100
10
1
Fault Current (xIr)
10000
1000
1min
Trip Time (S)
100 2min
5min
10min
10
1
1 10
Fault Current (xIr)
Eg.,

205 MPR200nX / MPR300
MPR200nX / MPR300 is a
microcontroller based
LT Motor protection relay.
The relay has got inbuilt
CTs for motor sizes up to
50KW (i.e. 88 A current)
Protections offered:
49, 51LR, 37, 64*, 46
• Thermal Overload
• Earth Fault (MPR300 only)
• Single Phasing, Current unbalance
• Phase sequence reversal
• Locked Rotor
• Under Current
Application Features
• These relays are used for protection of motors widely • LED's for trip indication.
used in fans pumps, crushers, mills, compressors, belt • 4 selectable trip time curves for thermal overload
conveyors, centrifuges, mixers, ventilators, escalators, • Test facility through front push button.
motorized valves etc. • Manual reset facility through front push button.
• With / Without fail safe mode.*
• MPR 300 offers you greater security, operator safety
through proper co-ordination in case of earth fault on *Model with fail-safe logic is available on request.
motor feeder. For technical info on fail-safe logic refer Appendix i
Wiring diagram
R R
Y Y
B B
R Y B N
N N
F
use I
ncas
eofre
ver
si
bl
esta
rte
rs; F
use
St
art Au
x.N/
O MPR2
00nX/MPR300mustbep
lac
edb
efo
re
N/
O t
here
ver
si
ngcon
tac
tor
s.
S
top
(
N/C) MPR2
00n
X/ MPR300
0mu sts
ens
eLi
neCu
rre
nt
i
ncas
eofs
tarDe
lt
aStar
te
r
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
NC NO Aux
Su
pply F
orwar
d Re
ver
se
Cont
act
or Cont
act
or L
ine Del
ta S
tar
MP
R20
0nX/
MPR3
00 Co
ntac
tor Co
nta
ctor Co
ntac
tor
T
ypi
cal
connec
ti
ondi
agr
am
f
or‘
Dir
ectS
tar
ti
ng’
appl
i
cat
i
on
M
3
ØMo
tor
3
ØMo
tor
4
Parameters MPR200nX / MPR300
ANSI nos. 49, 51LR, 37, 64*, 76
Protections Thermal overload, Earth fault*, Single Phasing, Locked rotor

Description
Under Current, Current Unbalance, Phase sequence reversal
Current range 1 - 88A
Overload trip class 10A, 10, 20, 30
240V AC +/- 20%

Auxiliary power supply
110V AC +/- 20%
Contact 1N/O + 1N/C - manual reset

Rated Voltage 25V AC / 30V DC
Contact Ratings Rated Current 5A
Rated breaking capacity 2000 VA / 240 W (Resistive)
Dimensions (W x H x D) in mm 70 x 85 x 106
Mounting DIN Rail
Weight < 400 grams
Operating Temperature 0 to 60 deg.C
Accuracy As per IEC 947-4-1
Reference Standards IEC 60255, IEC 61000 and IEC 60068
* Available only in MPR300
Dimensions
106
42.6 16 Ø12 - 3 Places

85
35.5
70
Y
R
MPR200nX / MPR300
207 MM10
Mm10 is a Compact Microprocessor based

Motor Protection Relay for medium and
large size Motors
Protections offered:
37, 46, 49, 50/ 51, 51LR, 64
• Thermal Overload With Warning

• Under Current
• Unbalance
• Phase Loss
• Phase Sequence Reversal
• Earth Fault
• Prolong Starting, Locked Rotor
• Short Circuit
Features
• 4 Digit LED display • Relay output ‘R1‘ works with fail-safe logic.
• Measurement of RYB, Zero Sequence current and For technical info on fail-safe logic, refer Appendix I
Thermal capacity. • 1 no. Programmable Binary input for remote
• Separate LED's for indication of Motor operational, operation.
Trip & Thermal OL/ pre-alarm status. It can be configured for either of these operations:
• Programmable thermal OL time constant right from I) Inhibit Motor Start
1 sec to 40 sec. ii) Trip Reset
• 2 nos. of C/O output contacts. iii)Instant Tripping
The relay 2 output is programmable type. It can be • Relay testing facility
configured for following conditions: Test push button to check working of relay contacts.
I) On any tripping • Trip data recording
ii) On thermal tripping Fault current or cause of last trip is displayed
iii) On thermal Warning
Wiring diagram L3 L2 L1 F4
F1 F2 F3
K1 MM10
L
9 1
Aux
N
10 2
11 3 NO
12 4 NC S2
R1 Stop
COM
13 5
Protection
class CT’S COM
14 6 S1
Start K1
R2
15 7 NC
Binary
Input NO
16 8
K1
M H1
Bloack R1/
Reset/
Trip
N
External CT's - Protection class CT's [5 - 1000 Amps] with 5 Amp secondary
Functions MM10
ANSI nos. 37, 46, 49, 50/51, 51LR, 64
Protections Thermal overload with Warning, Short Circuit, Under

Description Current, Unbalance, Phase Loss, Phase Sequence
Reversal, Earth Fault, Prolong Starting, Locked Rotor
Metering IR, IY, IB, IO, Thermal Capacity
Digital Input + Output 1 DI + 2 CO Type DO
Monitoring Last 1 Trip
Auxiliary Supply 110 - 240V AC/DC
Current Input 5 A CT secondary
Binary Input Voltage Rating 12 V supplied internally
Rating 5 A, 250 VAC (cosj = 1)
Operating time 15 ms Max

Output Contact
Electrical life 1,00,000 Operations at IR
Mechanical life 5 x 106 Operations
Maximum Power Consumption 3 VA typical
Burden on CT 0.3 VA at Rated Current
Operating Temperature -5OC to 55OC
Degree of Protection IP52
Weight 0.75 Kg
Mounting Panel Mounted
Dim W x H x D in mm 96 x 96 x 110
Panel Cut Out in mm 90 x 90
Dimensions
110 mm
100 mm
96 mm 90 mm
96 mm
90 mm
Side
Front Panel Cutout
MM10
209 iMMR
New iMMR is an Intelligent Motor

Control Centre (IMCC) Relay. It
has been designed as a reliable
building block for low voltage,
contactor - controlled motor
starter feeders in switchgear
assemblies. The new iMMR
series offers comprehensive
Motor Protection along with
Control and Monitoring features.
iMMR Main Unit -

• An extremely compact motor protection relay with control and monitoring functions.
• 4 DI + 3 DO available to take care of DOL, Star-Delta and RDOL starters
• 4 LED's for easy troubleshooting and a RESET button is available on main unit.
• Inbuilt Modbus RTU protocol.
Display Unit -
• An self-powered display module provides easy interface for monitoring and configuration of iMMR
• The display unit is a detachable optional unit provided with iMMR for display of all metering, protection and fault
data.
• 5 LED's and START/ STOP/ RESET buttons are available on Display unit.
CT/CTVT Unit -
• iMMR comes with its own current module and current + Voltage module in two sizes and suitable for use from 0.3
Amp to 25 Amp
User Friendly Options & Features

Highly scalable IO - 4 digital input and 3 changeover digital outputs are available in base unit.
Universal Operating environment - Auxiliary supply range of 80 – 240 VAC/VDC
Metering - Includes line, neutral & average current, line voltage & phase voltages, Power, Energy, Power Factor,
Temperature and Thermal Capacity
Monitoring – 100 events & 20 trip data recording with date & time stamping. Recording of No. of start, Stop,
Starting Curve, starting time is also available.
Communication - iMMR can be connected to Plant Control System (SCADA/DCS) through Modbus RTU
communication protocol
Temperature Monitoring - Unit takes input from RTD or PTC.
iMMR Suite - This software for local parameterization and monitoring of iMMR Relay. Users can create, save,
read, and write the settings.
iMMR Suite Graphical Logic

Setting Range Chart for Protections 210
Protection Function Variable Range
Alarm 80-100% of TM
Thermal Overload Thermal reset level 30-95% of TM
Cool down time 0.0 – 6000.0 Sec
Pick up 15 - 100% Iflc
Under Current Alarm 100-115%
Trip Delay 0.100 –6000 Sec
Pick up 20 - 1000%Iflc
NI Over Current Alarm 25-100 % of Pick up
Trip Delay 0.100 - 200 Sec
Stalled Rotor Alarm 25-100 % of Pick up
Trip Delay 0.100 – 6000.0 Sec
Alarm 25-100 % of Pick up
DT Over current
Time During Start 0.100 – 6000.0 Sec
Time During Run 0.100 – 6000.0 Sec
Locked Rotor Alarm 25-100 % of Pickup
Trip Delay 0.100 - 6000.0 Sec
Short Circuit Alarm 25 - 100% of Pick up
Current Phase Loss Time Delay 0.100 – 6000.0 Sec
Alarm 25-100 % of Pick up
Earth Fault Trip Delay 0.5 - 10 Sec
(Internal ) Or
External) Pick up 0.030 - 40A
Alarm 25-100%
Pick up 25 - 100% Vn
Under Volatge Alarm 110% of Pick up
Trip Delay 0.100-6000 Sec
Pick up 101 - 130% Vn
Over Volatge Alarm 25-100 %
Trip Delay 0.1000-6000 Sec
Current Phase Reversal Time Delay 0.100 – 6000.0 Sec
Pick up 5-50%
Voltage phase unbalance Alarm Equal to Pickup level
Trip Delay 0.100 – 6000.0
Voltage phase reversal Time Delay 0.100 – 6000.0 Seconds
Voltage phase loss Time Delay 0.100 – 6000.0 Sec
Pick up 100-110%
Over Frequency Alarm 99% of Pickup
Pick up 90-100%
Under Frequency Alarm 101% of Pickup
Pick up 20-1000% of Pn
Over Power Alarm 20-1000% of Pn
Pick up 20-1000% of Pn
Under Power Alarm 20-1000% of Pn
Pick up 0.4 – 1.00
Over PF Alarm 0.4 – 1.00
211
Metering Specifications
Monitoring Specifications
Stores last 20 trip records with the date and time stamp
Event & Trip Records
Stores last 100 Event records with the date and time stamp
Hour Meter Records and Stores last operational stops and total operational hours
Start, Stop, Trip Counter Records and stores number of starts, stops and trip of the motor
Starting Curve Records and stores starting characteristics of motor
Starting Time Records and stores the Start time of the motor
Starting Peak current Record the peak current during starting of the motor
DI/DO Status Displays real time status (high or low) of digital input and output of the relay
Typical Wiring Diagram –
Advanced Features
Control Functions / Starters: Logic Functions:

- Re-acceleration - Truth tables
- Maximum number of starts - Timers, Counters
- Anti-back spin timer - Volatile / Non-volatile signal
- Starters: conditioners
• Overload Relay - Flashing / Flickering
• DOL
• RDOL Communication:
• Start Delta Starter • Modbus RTU:
- RS 485 Interface
- 4800 - 115200 bps baud rate
- Registers - Read / write coil,
Holding registers Read Input,
discrete input registers
212
Product Specifications Product Dimensions
Current Measurement iMMR Module Name Dimensions (H x W x D) in mm
Range Type 1 : 0.3 - 3A AC Type 2 : 2.5 - 25A AC Main Module 112 x 45 x 90
Accuracy +/- 1% in nominal range CT1, CT1VT module 126 x 45 x 55
Voltage Measurement CT2, CT2VT module 126 x 45 x 55
Range 60 - 690V AC Display Module 51 x 96 x 36
Accuracy +/- 1% in nominal range
Frequency Measurement
Metering Data
Range 45Hz - 65Hz
• Current - R, Y, B, EF, Unbalance
Accuracy +/- 1% in nominal range • Voltage, Frequency, KW, KVAr, KVA,
Power Measurement PF, KWh, KVArh, KVAh
Active Power Accuracy +/- 2% in nominal range • Voltage and Current THD
Power Factor Range 0.4 - 1.0 • Thermal Memory, Motor status, Starting
Power factor Accuracy +/- 0.03
current and time
• Thermal time to trip, time to cool, Run hours
Standard Schematic
OVERLOAD DOL
AUX AUX
RTD/PTC RTD/PTC SUPPLY
SUPPLY
T1 T2 L N 14 13 12 11 IC T1 T2 L N I4 I3 I2 I1 IC
iMMR iMMR
_ 01 C1 02 NC C2 03 - + T SE
01 C1 02 NC C2 03 + T SE
~ ~ MODBUS RTU ~ MODBUS RTU
TRIP ALARM TRIP CONTACTOR ALARM

CONTACTOR INDICATION COIL
DI/DO TERMINAL NO. FUNCTION/SOURCE ACT.TYPE APPLICATION DI/D0 TERMINAL NO. FUNCTION/SOURCE ACT.TYPE APPLICATION
DO1 O-C1 TRIP ACT.LOW CONTACTOR CONTROL DI1 IC-I1 LSTRT> ACT.HIGH LOCAL START
DO2 O2-C1 ALARM ACT.HIGH ALARM INDICATION DI2 IC-I2 LSTOP ACT.LOW LOCAL STOP
DI4 IC-I4 TRIP RESET ACT.HIGH TRIP RESET DI4 IC-I4 TRIP RESET ACT.HIGH TRIP RESET
DO3 O3-C2 TRIP ACT.HIGH TRIP INDICATION DO1 O1-C1 CONTACTOR O/P1 ACT.HIGH CONTACTOR COIL
DO2 O2-C1 ALARM ACT.HIGH ALARM INDICATION
Note: DI - Potential Free Signal

DO - Potential Free Contact Note: DI - Potential Free Signal
DO - Potential Free Contact
RDOL STAR-DELTA
AUX
AUX RTD/PTC SUPPLY
RTD/PTC SUPPLY
T1 T2 L N I4 I3 I2 I1 IC
T1 T2 L N 14 13 12 11 IC
iMMR
iMMR
01 C1 02 NC C2 03 - + T SE
_
01 C1 02 NC C2 03 + T SE
~ ~ MODBUS RTU
~ MODBUS RTU
MAIN DELTA STAR
FWD REV CONTACTOR CONTACTOR CONTACTOR
CONTACTOR CONTACTOR COIL COIL COIL
COIL COIL
DI/DO TERMINAL NO. FUNCTION/SOURCE ACT.HIGH APPLICATION DI/D0 TERMINAL NO. FUNCTION/SOURCE ACT.TYPE APPLICATION
DI1 IC-I1 L STRT > ACT.HIGH LOCAL START FWD DI1 IC-I1 LSTRT> ACT.HIGH LOCAL START
DI2 IC-I2 L STOP ACT.LOW LOCAL STOP DI2 IC-I2 LSTOP ACT.LOW LOCAL STOP
DI3 IC-I3 L STRT < ACT.HIGH LOCAL START REV DI4 IC-I4 TRIP RESET ACT.HIGH TRIP RESET
DI4 IC-I4 TRIP RESET ACT.HIGH TRIP RESET DO1 O1-C1 CONTACTOR O/P3 ACT.HIGH MAIN CONTACTOR COIL
DO1 O1-C1 CONTACTOR O/P1 ACT.HIGH FW CONTACTOR COIL DO2 O2-C1 CONTACTOR O/P2 ACT.HIGH DELTA CONTACTOR COIL
DO2 O2-C1 CONTACTOR O/P2 ACT.HIGH REV CONTACTOR COIL DO3 O3-C2 CONTACTOR O/P1 ACT.HIGH STAR CONTACTOR COIL
Note: DI - Potential Free Signal Note: DI - Potential Free Signal

DO - Potential Free Contact DO - Potential Free Contact
iMMR
MOG Motor
Protection
Circuit Breakers
MOG MPCB integrates short circuit protection and
overload relay function into a highly compact unit. The
MPCB can be used in numerous small and medium
motor loads requiring high breaking capacity. Also, the
compact size of the MPCB enables a smaller
installation area with less wiring space, thus reducing
panel space.
UNLOCK THE BENEFITS OF DOUBLE PROTECTION
215 Motor Protection Circuit Breakers
Functions
Moulded Case Circuit Breaker and Thermal Overload Relay functions integrated into a highly compact unit
known as Motor Protection Circuit Breaker.
Circuit Breaker Functions
}
Short circuit protection
l
Overcurrent protection
l
MPCB - Advantages
Line protection
l
Compact
l
High breaking capacity

l
Thermal Overload Relay Functions Short circuit protective coordination

l
Overload protection
l Reduction in wiring work
l
Phase loss protection

l Ecological design standards
l
Rated current adjustment

l
Ambient temperature compensation

l
Selecting the Appropriate Model

Procedure for selecting the appropriate model:
Confirm the motor's full load current
Three-phase load / Single-phase load

For applications in a single-phase
circuit, connect the 3-pole in series
Select the rated current of MPCB
Select the branch circuit cable & confirm the control panel specifications
Confirm the short-circuit current of the circuit
Select the operating characteristics

Same characteristics as desired Long-time operating type or quick
for a standard thermal overload operating type thermal overload
relay relay desired
Adjustable thermal magnetic trip type MPCB Instantaneous trip type MPCB
Solution by using MPCB 216
Typical Problem in the Conventional System and their Solution by using

MPCB
Short-Circuit Breaking Capacity

When numerous small and medium motor loads exist in a circuit requiring high breaking capacity, there is no high
breaking capacity circuit breaker with a small rated current for a short circuit protection.
The MPCB can be used in 100kA short circuit current circuits for three-phase, 240V motors with rated capacity
upto 15kW, and in 50kA short circuit current circuits for three phase, 415V motors with rated capacity up to 30kW.
Back-up Breaking System

When back-up MCCB is installed upstream to solve the problem described in “ Short-circuit breaking protection ”
above, a short in one of the load circuits also trips the upstream breaker and stops the other operating circuits.
Despite their compact size, the MPCB provides high-performance short-circuit current breaking. They eliminate
the need for an upstream circuit breaker for back-up use.
Overload Protection
Motor Protection breakers cannot be adjusted to match the rated current of the motor being protected.
Equipped with a wide range current adjustment dial (with maximum/minimum ratio of 1.4 to 1.6), the MPCB easily
adjusts to match the rated current of the motor, for optimum protection.
Control Panel Size

Considerable space is required to install a back-up circuit breaker or a combination starter consisting of a circuit
breaker and a thermal overload relay. As a result, the panel size has to be increased.
The compact size of the MPCB, including overload relay functions, enables a smaller installation area with less
wiring space, for a reduction in panel size.
MOG Motor Protection Circuit Breakers

Problem with Co-ordination of Contactors &
217 Overload Relays with MCBs
Basics of Type 1 and Type 2 Co-ordination

As per the standard two types of co-ordination are permissible, Type “1” and “2”.
Type “1” co-ordination requires that under short-circuit conditions; the contactor or the starter shall cause no
danger to persons or installation. The motor feeder may not be suitable for further service without repair and
replacement of parts (Not remaining suitable is NOT a requirement and hence you may find separating in a
different sentence could avoid possibility of misconception)
Type “2” co-ordination requires that under short-circuit conditions; the contactor or the starter shall cause no
danger to persons or installation and shall be suitable for further use. However contact welding is recognized.
Also the time-current characteristics of the over load protection device should not change. This in other words
means safety, low down time and continued protection.
Types of MCBs
The Classes of MCBs and the corresponding magnetic settings are tabulated below:
Curve Type Magnetic setting (Multiples of In)
B 3-5 times
C 5-10 times
D 10-20 times
C MCBs are popularly used for Motor protection applications
Main problem while using an MCB for Motor protection
Unlike a Fuse unit the MCB is a peak sensing device. While providing SC protection to the motor it is imperative
that the MCB does not trip on the starting transients of the motor. This care has to be taken while selecting the
rating of the MCB. These transients are usually of the tune of 12 times the full load current.
Now suppose a C curve MCB is selected, in order to ensure it does not trip during the starting of the motor, 12
times the motor full load current should be lesser than 5 times the MCB’s nominal current
For e.g.: for a Motor having a full load current of 6 A, 12 x 6 = 72A (starting current), a C curve MCB of rating = 72/5
= 14.5, i.e. 15A will have to be selected.
Select a 6A AC3 rated contactor and a relay having a range of 4-6 A
Suppose a fault occurs and the motor starts drawing a current of 60A, The MCB will not trip as 60A is lesser than
15 x 5 = 75A. As a result the overload relay will have to give a trip signal to the contactor to break this current.
The IEC standard specifies the breaking capacity of a contactor to be 8 times its AC3 rating. 60 A is greater than 8
x 6 = 48A as a result the contactor will get damaged. This problem can be rectified by de-rating the contactor.
The second more serious problem can be described by considering the below case:
Consider a 0.16 hp motor with a Full load current of 0.45A. The initial starting current will be around 5.4A. As in the
earlier case a C curve MCB of 2A will have to be selected. With proper de-rating, an 18A Contactor is selected
with a relay having rating of 0.3 - 0.5A.
Now in this case, the crossover between the relay and the MCB will take place at 5 x 2 = 10A which is 20 times the
upper limit of the relay. This will cause permanent damage to the relay. There is no solution to this problem as de
rating a relay is not possible.
Problem with Co-ordination of Contactors &
Overload Relays with MCBs 218
This is type 1 Co-ordination and not type 2
Suppose a D curve MCB is selected, then for the above case, a 72/10= 7.2 A i.e. an 8 A MCB will have to be
selected. Now the MCB has to trip for currents between 10-20 times its nominal current. For the worst case in
which the MCB trips at 20 times (i.e. 160A), for a fault current of 140A, the overload relay will have to give a
tripping command to the MCB and there will be similar consequences as in the previous case.
Thus in conclusion; while selecting an MCB for motor protection which may be a cost effective
solution, one must be fully aware of the possible damages that might be caused to the contactor and
overload relay.
We recommend that if a customer wants fuseless protection for a feeder, MPCB be used

Type MOG - S1 MOG - H1
Standards / Approval IEC 60947 -1, -2, -4 -1 IEC 60947 -1, -2, -4 -1
Handle type Rocker Rotary
Number of poles 3 3
Frame size available (upto A) 32 A 32 A
Rated insulation voltage (Ui) 690 V 690 V
Rated operational voltage (Ue) 200 - 690 V 200 - 690 V
Rated impulse withstand voltage (Uimp) 6 kV 6 kV
Rated frequency 50 / 60 Hz 50 / 60 Hz
Class of protection 10 10
Utilization category (IEC947 - 4 - 1 / 947 - 2) AC - 3 / Cat. A AC - 3 / Cat. A
Maximum motor capacity AC3 7.5 kW (at 200 - 240 V), 15 kW (at 380 - 440 V) 7.5 kW (at 200 - 240 V), 15 kW (at 380 - 440 V)
AC3 Electrical/Mechanical endurance 100000 (32A:70000) / 100000 (32A:70000), (25 cycles / hour) 100000 (32A:70000) / 100000 (32A:70000), (25 cycles / hour)
Tripping device Thermal - Magnetic Thermal - Magnetic
Ambient temperature compensation -5°C ~ + 55°C -5°C ~ + 55°C
Storage Temperature -40°C to 65°C -40°C to 65°C
Overload Yes (according to IEC60947 - 4 - 1) Yes (according to IEC60947 - 4 - 1)
Phase loss protection Yes Yes
Trip indicator Yes Yes
Test trip function Yes Yes
Instantaneous trip current 13 x Ie max. 13 x Ie max.
Terminal type Screw terminal, M4 slotted Screw terminal, M4 slotted

2 2
Solid/Stranded 1 - 10 mm x 1 / 18 - 8 AWG x 1 1 - 10 mm x 1 / 18 - 8 AWG x 1
Wire
size 2 2
Without / With end sleeve 1 - 6 mm x 2 / 18 - 10 AWG x 2 1 - 6 mm x 2 / 18 - 10 AWG x 2
Product weight (Kg) 0.35 0.35
Dimensions (mm) W x H x D 45 x 90 x 66 45 x 90 x 79
Relative humidity 45 ~ 85% Rh 45 ~ 85% Rh

No dew formation or freezing due No dew formation or freezing due
Standard to rapid temperature change allowed to rapid temperature change allowed
Operation altitude Upto 2000 m Upto 2000 m
service
condition Atmosphere having no excess Vapour, Steam, Dust, Atmosphere having no excess Vapour, Steam, Dust,
Atmosphere
Corrosive gas, Salt, Flammable gas Corrosive gas, Salt, Flammable gas
MOG - H2 MOG - H1M MOG - H2M
IEC 60947 -1, -2, -4 -1 IEC 60947 -1, -2, -4 -1 IEC 60947 -1, -2, -4 -1
Rotary Rotary Rotary
3 3 3
63 A 32 A 63 A
1000 V 690 V 1000 V
200 - 690 V 200 - 690 V 200 - 690 V
8 kV 6 kV 8 kV
50 / 60 Hz 50 / 60 Hz 50 / 60 Hz
10 10 10
AC - 3 / Cat. A AC - 3 / Cat. A AC - 3 / Cat. A
15 kW (at 200 - 240 V), 30 kW (at 380 - 440 V) 7.5 kW (at 200 - 240 V), 15 kW (at 380 - 440 V) 15 kW (at 200 - 240 V), 30 kW (at 380 - 440 V)
25000 / 50000, (25 cycles / hour) 100000 (32A:70000) / 100000 (32A:70000), (25 cycles / hour) 25000 / 50000, (25 cycles / hour)
Thermal - Magnetic Magnetic Magnetic
-5°C ~ + 55°C -5°C ~ + 55°C -5°C ~ + 55°C
-40°C to 65°C -40°C to 65°C -40°C to 65°C
Yes (according to IEC60947 - 4 - 1) None None
Yes Yes Yes
Yes Yes Yes
Yes Yes Yes
13 x Ie max. 13 x Ie max. 13 x Ie max.
Box terminal, M6 slotted Screw terminal, M4 slotted Box terminal, M6 slotted

2
1 - 25 mm2 x 1 / 18 - 4 AWG x 1 1 - 10 mm x 1 / 18 - 8 AWG x 1 1 - 25 mm2 x 1 / 18 - 4 AWG x 1
2 2 2
1 - 16 mm x 2 / 18 - 4 AWG x 2 1 - 6 mm x 2 / 18 - 10 AWG x 2 1 - 16 mm x 2 / 18 - 4 AWG x 2
0.78 0.37 0.78
55 x 110 x 96 45 x 90 x 79 55 x 110 x 96
45 ~ 85% Rh 45 ~ 85% Rh 45 ~ 85% Rh

No dew formation or freezing due to No dew formation or freezing due to No dew formation or freezing due to
rapid temperature change allowed rapid temperature change allowed rapid temperature change allowed
Upto 2000 m Upto 2000 m Upto 2000 m
Atmosphere having no excess Vapour, Steam, Dust, Atmosphere having no excess Vapour, Steam, Dust, Atmosphere having no excess Vapour, Steam, Dust,
Corrosive gas, Salt, Flammable gas Corrosive gas, Salt, Flammable gas Corrosive gas, Salt, Flammable gas

221 Breaking Capacity at Different Voltages
MOG - S1
240 V AC 415 V AC 460 V AC 500 V AC 690 V AC
Ie: Min - Max Watt loss
Rating 230 V AC 400 V AC 440 V AC 600 V AC
(A) (W)
Icu (kA) Ics (kA) Icu (kA) Ics (kA) Icu (kA) Ics (kA) Icu (kA) Ics (kA) Icu (kA) Ics (kA)
0016 0.1 - 0.16 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100
0025 0.16 - 0.25 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100
0040 0.25 - 0.4 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100
0063 0.4 - 0.63 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 6
0100 0.63 - 1 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100
0160 1 - 1.6 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100
0250 1.6 - 2.5 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 3 2
0400 2.5 - 4 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 3 2
6.5
0630 4 - 6.3 100 100 100 100 50 38 50 38 3 2
1000 6.3 - 10 100 100 100 100 15 11 10 8 3 2
1300 9 - 13 100 100 50 38 10 8 6 5 3 2
1600 11 - 16 100 100 25 19 10 8 6 5 3 2 7
2000 14 - 20 50 38 25 19 10 8 6 5 3 2
2500 19 - 25 50 38 25 19 10 8 6 5 3 2
3200 24 - 32 50 38 25 19 10 8 6 5 3 2 8.5
MOG - H1 and MOG - H1M

240 V AC 415 V AC 460 V AC 500 V AC 690 V AC
Ie: Min - Max 230 V AC 400 V AC 440 V AC 600 V AC Watt loss
Rating
(A) (W)
0016 0.1 - 0.16 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100
0025 0.16 - 0.25 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100
0040 0.25 - 0.4 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100
6
0063 0.4 - 0.63 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100
0100 0.63 - 1 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100
0160 1 - 1.6 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100
0250 1.6 - 2.5 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 8 6
6.5
0400 2.5 - 4 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 8 6
0630 4 - 6.3 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 6 5
1000 6.3 - 10 100 100 100 100 50 38 50 38 6 5
1300 9 - 13 100 100 100 100 50 38 42 32 6 5
7
1600 11 - 16 100 100 50 38 35 27 10 8 4 3
2000 14 - 20 100 100 50 38 35 27 10 8 4 3
2500 19 - 25 100 100 50 38 35 27 10 8 4 3
3200 24 - 32 100 100 50 38 35 27 10 8 4 3 -
MOG - H2 and MOG - H2M

240 V AC 415 V AC 460 V AC 690 V AC
Ie: Min - Max 500 V AC Watt loss
Rating 230 V AC 400 V AC 440 V AC 600 V AC
(A) (W)
3200 24 - 32 100 100 50 38 35 27 10 8 5 4 11
4000 28 - 40 100 100 50 38 35 27 10 8 5 4 12
5000 35 - 50 100 100 50 38 35 27 10 8 5 4 15
6300 45 - 63 100 100 50 38 35 27 10 8 5 4 17
Thermal & Magnetic Trip - Rocker Type

Frame size Rating Motor Rating at Type Thermal Release Breaking
(mm) (A) 415 V, 50 Hz (kW) Designation Range (A) Cat. Nos. Capacity
0.16 - 0.1 - 0.16 ST41889OOOO
0.25 - 0.16 - 0.25 ST41890OOOO
0.4 0.09 0.25 - 0.4 ST41891OOOO
0.63 0.12 0.4 - 0.63 ST41892OOOO
1 0.25 0.63 -1 ST41893OOOO
100 kA
1.6 0.55 1 - 1.6 ST41894OOOO
2.5 0.75 1.6 - 2.5 ST41895OOOO
4 1.5 2.5 - 4 ST41896OOOO
45 mm MOG - S1
6.3 2.2 4 - 6.3 ST41897OOOO
10 4 6.3 - 10 ST41898OOOO
13 5.4 9 - 13 ST41899OOOO 50 kA
16 7.5 11 - 16 ST41900OOOO
20 9 14 - 20 ST41901OOOO
25 kA
25 12.5 19 - 25 ST41902OOOO
32 15 24 - 32 ST41903OOOO
Thermal & Magnetic Trip - Rotary Type

Frame size Rating Motor Rating at Type Thermal Release Breaking
(mm) (A) 415 V, 50 Hz (kW) Designation Range (A) Cat. Nos. Capacity
0.16 - 0.1 - 0.16 ST41904OOOO
0.25 - 0.16 - 0.25 ST41905OOOO
0.4 0.09 0.25 - 0.4 ST41906OOOO
0.63 0.12 0.4 - 0.63 ST41907OOOO
1 0.25 0.63 - 1 ST41908OOOO
1.6 0.55 1 - 1.6 ST41909OOOO
2.5 0.75 1.6 - 2.5 ST41910OOOO
45 mm 4 1.5 MOG - H1 2.5 - 4 ST41911OOOO 100 kA
6.3 2.2 4 - 6.3 ST41912OOOO
10 4 6.3 - 10 ST41913OOOO
13 5.4 9 - 13 ST41914OOOO
16 7.5 11 - 16 ST41915OOOO
20 9 14 - 20 ST41916OOOO
25 12.5 19 - 25 ST41917OOOO
32 15 24 - 32 ST41918OOOO
32 15 24 - 32 ST41919OOOO
40 20 28 - 40 ST41920OOOO
55 mm MOG - H2 50 kA
50 25 35 - 50 ST41921OOOO
63 34 45 - 63 ST41922OOOO
Instantaneous Trip - Rotary Type

Frame size Rating Motor Rating at Type Instantaneous Breaking
(mm) (A) 415 V, 50 Hz (kW) Designation Trip Current (A) Cat. Nos.
Capacity
0.16 - 2.1 ST41923OOOO
0.25 - 3.3 ST41924OOOO
0.4 0.09 5.2 ST41925OOOO
0.63 0.12 8.2 ST41926OOOO
1 0.25 13 ST41927OOOO
1.6 0.55 20.8 ST41928OOOO
100 kA
2.5 0.75 32.5 ST41929OOOO
45 mm 4 1.5 MOG - H1M 52 ST41930OOOO
6.3 2.2 81.9 ST41931OOOO
10 4 130 ST41932OOOO
13 5.4 169 ST41933OOOO
16 7.5 208 ST41934OOOO
20 9 260 ST41935OOOO
25 12.5 328 ST41936OOOO
32 15 416 ST41937OOOO
32 15 416 ST41938OOOO 50 kA
40 20 520 ST41939OOOO
55 mm MOG - H2M
50 25 650 ST41940OOOO
63 34 819 ST41941OOOO

223 Accessories
Features
All accessories can be used with MOG S1 (45 mm wide), MOG H1 (45 mm wide) and MOG H2
l
(55 mm wide) frames

Shunt trip and undervoltage trip devices are available in a wide range of operating voltages
l
IP20 terminal cover prevents accidental contact to electrically charged parts

l
Auxiliary Contact Blocks : MOG-AXF, MOG-AXL

These blocks are linked to the ON/OFF operation of the MPCB. Upto two contact
blocks can be mounted to the right/left front and upto two contact blocks can be
mounted to the left side.
Alarm Contact Blocks : MOG-TAF

This block operates when the MPCB trips due to overload, phase-loss, or short-circuit.
It is not linked to the ON/OFF operation of the MPCB.
Note : Operation can be checked with the test trip function.
Auxiliary and Alarm Contact Blocks : MOG-ATL

lThis contact block combines auxiliary contact and alarm contact that operate in the
event of an overload, phase loss, or short-circuit. Alarm contact is not linked to the
ON/OFF operation of the MPCB
lAn alarm is displayed in the contact block’s indicator when the alarm contact
operates
Note : Operation can be checked with the test trip function.
Short-circuit Alarm Contact Block : MOG-SAL

The contacts operate only when the MPCB has tripped due to a short-circuit
l
When these contacts operate, the blue reset button extends out, and a trip
l
indication is displayed
The power to the MPCB can be turned ON after pressing the reset button
l
Note : Operation can not be checked with the test trip function. Be sure to press
the reset button before mounting to the MPCB.
Shunt Trip Devices : MOG-ST

This device is used to remotely trip the MPCB.
This device cannot be used together with an undervoltage trip device
Notes : ª
When the MPCB trips with the shunt trip device, press the reset button
ª
before turning ON the power

Accessories 224
Undervoltage Trip Devices : MOG-UV

This device automatically trips the MPCB when the control circuit voltage
drops below the specified value.
Notes: This device cannot be used with a shunt trip device
ª
When the MPCB has been tripped by undervoltage trip device,

ª
press the reset button before turning ON the power
External Operating Handles : MOG-EH

To operate the MPCB without opening the panel door
l
Equipped with an interlock mechanism that prevents someone from

l
opening the panel door when the MPCB is in the ON state

The shaft can be cut to match the distance between the MPCB and
l
the panel door

Door interlock function
l
OFF lock function
l
Notes: Padlocks not included.

Release screw allows the door to be opened with the handle in the
l
ON position
IP54 enclosure
l
9mm External device Internal device Internal device 18mm External device
Left side mounting Front mounting MPCB Front mounting Right side mounting
MOG - TAF 1 NO
MOG - TAF 1 NC
MOG - AXL 2 NO
MOG - AXF 1 NO
MOG - AXL 1 CO
MOG - AXF 1 NC
MOG - AXL 2 NC
MOG - S1
Auxiliary contact blocks
MOG - UV
Undervoltage trip device
MOG - ATL 2 CO MOG - H1/MOG - H1M
MOG - SAL 1 CO Auxiliary alarm
Short-ciruit alarm contact blocks
contact block
MOG - ST
Shunt trip device
MOG - H2/MOG - H2M
MOG - EH
Standard operation handle

225 Accessories
Terminal Marking
Cat. Nos. Description Model Numbers Position
NO NC
ST41942OOOO Auxiliary Contact Front mtg. 1NO MOG-AXF 1NO F (Slot1 / Slot 2) 13, 14 (23, 24)
ST41943OOOO Auxiliary Contact Front mtg. 1NC MOG-AXF 1NC F (Slot1 / Slot 2) 11, 12 (21, 22)
"33, 34 (133, 134)
ST41944OOOO Auxiliary Contact Left side mtg. 2NO MOG-AXL 2NO L
43, 44 (143, 144)"
ST41945OOOO Auxiliary Contact Left side mtg. 1NO + 1NC MOG-AXL 1CO L 43, 44 (143, 144) 31, 32 (131, 132)
"31, 32 (131, 132)
ST41946OOOO Auxiliary Contact Left side mtg. 2NC MOG-AXL 2NC L
41, 42 (141, 142)"
ST41947OOOO Trip Alarm Contact Front mtg. 1NO MOG-TAF 1NO F (Slot 2 only) 27, 28
ST41948OOOO Trip Alarm Contact Front mtg. 1NC MOG-TAF 1NC F (Slot 2 only) 25, 26
"73, 74(Aux)
ST41949OOOO Auxiliary + Alarm Left side mtg. 2NO MOG-ATL 2NO L
77, 78"(Alarm)
ST41950OOOO Short circuit alarm Left side mtg. 1NO + 1NC MOG-SAL 1CO L 87, 88 85, 86
ST41951OOOO Shunt trip 24 V DC MOG-ST
C1, C2
ST41952OOOO Shunt trip 110 V, 50 Hz MOG-ST
R (one at
ST42952OOOO Shunt trip 230 V, 50 Hz MOG-ST a time)
ST41953OOOO Under Voltage release, 110 V, 50 Hz MOG-UV D1, D2
ST41954OOOO Under Voltage release, 415 V, 50 Hz MOG-UV
F - Front Mounting L - LHS Mounting R - RHS Mounting

Note : 1) On LHS any 2 accessories can be fitted (Alarm contact followed by Auxiliary contact)
ª MOG - ATL 2NO + MOG - AXL 1CO ª MOG-SAL 1CO + MOG - AXL 1CO
2) On RHS only 1 accessory can be fitted (Shunt trip release or Undervoltage release)
3) Any 2 Front mounted accessories are possible at a time
ª Front mounted TAF to be fitted only in slot 2 ª Front mounted auxiliary contact can be fitted in slot1 / slot 2
Ratings of Accessories
Accessory type Auxiliary contact Auxiliary contact Alarm contact Aux. and alarm Short-circuit alarm
block/front block/side block contact block contact block
Part number MOG-AXF MOG-AXL MOG-TAF MOG-ATL MOG-SAL
Standard IEC 60947-5-1
48 V AC AC-15 5 6 5 6 6
125 V AC 3 4 3 4 4
230 V AC 1.5 4 1.5 4 4
400 V AC - 2.2 - 2.2 2.2
Rated
- 1.5 - 1.5 1.5
operational 500 V AC
current (A) 690 V AC - 0.6 - 0.6 0.6
48 V DC DC-13 1.38 5 1.38 5 5
110 V DC 0.55 1.3 0.55 1.3 1.3
220 V DC 0.27 0.5 0.27 0.5 0.5
Min. voltage and current 17 V, 5 mA
Accessory type Shunt trip device Undervoltage device

MOG-ST MOG-UV
Standard IEC 60947-1
Rated insulation voltage (V AC) 690
No. of operations 5000
Operating time (ms) 20
Inrush (VA/W) 21/12
Power consumption
Sealed (VA/W) 8/1.2
Tripping voltage (V) 0.7 to 1.1Ue 0.35 to 0.7Ue
Voltage range
Closing voltage (V) - 0.85 to 1.1Ue
AC: Continuous AC: Continuous
Time rating of coil (s)
DC: 5
Note : Ue: Rated Voltage
Accessories 226
Accessory Used with Specification Description Cat. No.
Busbar 2 MPCB without accessory ST41957OOOO

Simple power supply for 2 to 5
MPCBs without the need for 3 MPCB without accessory ST41958OOOO
wiring
4 MPCB without accessory ST41959OOOO

Rated current:
MOG S1/H1/H1M
64A max 2 MPCB with one accessory 9 mm ST41961OOOO
Pin connection
3 MPCB with one accessory 9 mm ST41962OOOO
Rated current: 2 MPCB with one accessory 9 mm ST41969OOOO

MOG H2/H2M
126A max
Pin connection 3 MPCB with one accessory 9 mm ST41970OOOO
2 MPCB with two accessories 9mm

ST41972OOOO
or one accessory 18 mm
4 MPCB with two accessories 9mm

or one accessory 18 mm ST41973OOOO
3 Phase Feed in terminal

Used to connect the wire for MOG S1/H1/H1M Rated current: 64A Feed in terminal for 45 mm width ST41965OOOO
the power supply circuit
MOG H2/H2M Rated current: 126A Feed in terminal for 55 mm width ST41974OOOO
Busbar Safety cover

Prevents contact with charged MOG S1/H1/H1M For pin connection Bus bar safety cover 45 mm width ST41975OOOO
parts when part of the busbar
is not connected to MPCB.
MOG H2/H2M For pin connection Bus bar safety cover 55 mm width ST41976OOOO
Three Phase Feed in

terminal Busbar
4 MPCBs with busbar connection

Type MOG - S1 (0.16A - 32A) Type MOG - H1 (0.16A - 32A)

10000 10000
1000 1000
3-poles from 3-poles from

cold state cold state
100 100
Average Tripping Time (s)

cold state cold state
10 10
Instantaneous tripping Instantaneous tripping

characteristic is set at characteristic is set at
1300% of the maximum 1300% of the maximum
current setting current setting
1 hot state 1 hot state
0.1 0.1
0.01 0.01
0.001 0.001
1 10 100 1 10 100
Multiples of current setting x Ie [A] Multiples of current setting x Ie [A]
Type MOG - H2 (32A - 63A)

10000
1000
3-poles from
cold state
100
2-poles from
cold state
10
Instantaneous tripping
characteristic is set at
1300% of the maximum
current setting
3-poles from
1 hot state
0.1
0.01
0.001
1 10 100
Multiples of current setting x Ie [A]
Type MOG - H1M (0.16A - 32A)

10000
1000
100
10
1100 ~ 1560% of the
rated current
1
0.1
0.01
0.001
1 10 100
Type MOG - H2M (32A - 63A)

10000
1000
100
10
1100 ~ 1560% of the
rated current
1
0.1
0.01
0.001
1 10 100

Type MOG - S1 (0.16A - 32A)
45
.6
14.3 14.3 Ø4 71 2-M4
2-
1 L1 3 L2 3 L3 6-M4
1- 1- 2- 2-
27 27
6
24
32 28
13.5
13
105
105
116
90
95
45
75
27
5.5
2 T1 4 T2 6 T3
10 45
14.3 62.3 3.7 14.3
Type MOG - H1 & MOG - H1M (0.16A - 32A)

45
.6 2-M4
14.3 14.3 Ø4 91
2-
1 L1 3 L2 5 L3
1- 1- 2- 2- 6-M4
27
24
3.3
32 28
105
105
116
90
75
45
95
5.5 27
2 T1 4 T2 6 T3
45
10
75.3 3.7 14.3
14.3
Type MOG - H2 & MOG - H2M (32A - 63A)

107.8
55 92.3
16.5 16.5 88.3
4.5
1 L1 3 L2 5 L3 6 - M6
1- 1- 2- 2-
33.8
5.5
110
45
63 55
16.3
120
110
84
66
19
45
33.8
2 T1 4 T2 6 T3
42
5
42
4.2

Trip Alarm Contact Front 1 NO
9 M 3.5
21.5 10.5 MOG - TAF 1 NO

16.7 27
28
5.8
I>
38.8
MOG - TAF 1 NC
25
1.5
3.5
26
18.9 8.5 I>

1
S/C Alarm Left 1 NO + 1 NC

66
48.7
35.7
9 2.8
18.7
Trip indication
2.3
M3.5 (reset by hand)
5.2
MOG - SAL 1 CO
87
85
47.2
70.4
53.6
14.8
11.8
45
90
86
I> 88
6
3.4

External Operating Handle (Applicable for Frame 1 & 2)
66
MMS A 66~216
ET RIP ON
ES T
R 4-Ø3.5
3.3
66
MMS 28
OFF
52.6±0.2
MMS
(16)
3.7 52.6±0.2
5.5 45 1
Handle
1.5~5 x 2
4.2
OFF
(Ø4~Ø8)
68
Type x min x max
75 Frame 1 ±139 ±289
Frame 2 ±156 ±306
Note: Recommended rod link should not exceed 150 mm for frame 1
and 170 mm for frame 2
Aux. Contact Front 1 NO
9 M3.5
MOG - AXF 1 NO
21.5 10.5 13 (23)
16.7
14 (24)
5.8 I>
38.8
MOG - AXF 1 NC
11 (21)
1
12 (22)
I>
18.9 8.5

Aux. Alarm Left 2 NO
66
48.7
9 2.8 35.7
M3.5 18.7
2.3
Indication window
5.2
MOG - ATL 2 NO
73
70.4
53.6
14.8
47.2
11.8
77
90
45
78
I 74
3.4
Aux. Contact Left 2 NO

66
48.7
9 2.8 35.7
18.7
M3.5 Left side Right side
2.3
53.6
47.2
70.4
14.8
11.8
45
90
1
5.2
3.4
MOG - AXL 2 NO MOG - AXL 1 CO MOG - AXL 2 NC
33 (133) 31 (131) 31 (131)

43 (143) 43 (143) 41 (141)
44 44 42
I (144) 34 I (144) 32 I (142) 32
(134) (132) (132)

Shunt Trip and under Voltage Release

MOG - ST & MOG - UV
66
18 48.7
2.8
18.7
M3.5
5.2
2.3
47.2
70.4
90
45
MPCB Busbar Accessories

3 Phase Feed in Terminals 3 Phase Feed in Terminals
(Frame 1) (Frame 2)
11 11 7
3.5 14 14
6 6 6
1.7
6.5
3.9
23.8
37.7
15.6
20.2
9.9
17 17
14 14
54
1 L1 3 L2 5 L3
40.8
59
65
44 52.5
ST41965OOOO ST41974OOOO

MPCB Busbar Accessories

For MOG-S1, MOG-H1/H1M (Frame 1)
Without external accessory With 1 external accessory
26
26
14.114.1 2 3.5
14.1 14.1 2 3.5
54
45
215 251
170 197
125 143
80 89
12.3
12.3
2
2
ST41957OOOO: 80 mm ST41961OOOO: 89 mm
For MOG-H2/H2M (Frame 2)

Without external accessory With one external accessory
2.5 4.1 2.5

17 17
17 17
54 63
205 232
152 34 170
34
98 17.5 107
29.7
29.7
29.7
29.7
23.8
23.8

With 2 external accessory, 9 mm wide

With 1 external accessory, 18 mm wide
2.5 4.1
17 17
72
34 260
17.5 116
32.7
29.7
23.8
ST41972OOOO: 116 mm
ST41973OOOO: 260 mm

MN
Industrial Starter
MN & ML range of industrial starters offers
complete motor starting solution for industrial
applications. These starters are time tested
for reliable performance. These starters are
proven work horse for stand alone motor in the
industry.
COMPACT, RELIABLE & COMPLETE SOLUTION
237 Salient Features
Different sized holes with grommets

at top & bottom for various cable sizes IP54 Protection class of enclosure
makes it suitable for industrial
and rural applications
Earthing screw with Two-tone colour Better corrosion resistance Flush-mounted

proper marking combinations with box in through powder coated push buttons
steel grey & cover in ivory enclosure
Features & Benefits

Single Phasing Protection Base Plate Mounting Simultaneously ‘Alarm Contact’ (97-
98) will close. The motor cannot be
MN relays having phase failure MN Star-Delta starters are mounted restarted until the relay has been
sensitive tripping mechanism on base plate that can absorb reset. To reset the relay, allow the
provides reliable protection against vibrations and it makes MN starters bimetals to cool down sufficiently &
single phasing & overload conditions. maintenance friendly. push this button to reset the trip
MN relays are compensated for contact (95-96).
variation in ambient temperature from Electronic Timer
-5OC to 55OC. If the relay is in reset condition,
MN Fully Automatic Star-Delta pressing this push-button will open
starters are provided with electronic ‘Trip Contact’. But now the alarm
IP54 degree of protection timer for high repeat accuracy. contact will not close. This indicates
Corrosion resistant powder coated healthy operation of the relay
enclosure with IP 54 degree of Trip Test Facility mechanism. The trip contact will
protection makes MN starters most This facility enables the user to again close when this button is
suitable for chemical factories, manually check the operation of the released.
polluted industrial and dusty trip mechanism. Move the trip slide in
agricultural environments. the direction shown on the relay. The Auto-Manual Reset Switch
relay trips with an audible ‘Click’ There are two modes of reset
Terminal Block sound, indicating that the trip available : Manual and Auto. By
mechanism is in good working order. default the relay is in the Manual reset
MN Star-Delta starters are provided
with terminal block with proper mode and can be converted to Auto
terminal marking for ease of wiring.
Off / Reset Push-Button reset mode by moving the switch to
Terminal block can accommodate The relay will trip in case of overloads Auto position marked on the label.
both aluminum & copper cables. or single phasing conditions.
Chart for MN DOL starters
Maximum Motor Rating Approx. Full Relay Recommended Switch

at 415V, 3 Ø, 50Hz Load Back-up HRC Fuse
Type Current In Range Relay Contactor Disconnector
HP kW (A) (A) Type Rating (A) Fuse Unit
2 1.5 3.5 3-5 HF 16 FN 32
2.5 1.8 4.8 3-5 HF 16 FN 32
3 2.2 5 4.5 - 7.5 HF 16 FN 32
MN 16 4 3 6.2 4.5 - 7.5 HF 20 FN 32
DOL MN 2 MNX 18
5 3.7 7.5 6 - 10 HF 20 FN 32
6 4.5 9 6 - 10 HF 25 FN 32
7.5 5.5 11 9 - 15 HF 32 FN 32
10 7.5 14 9 - 15 HF 32 FN 32
7.5 5.5 11 9 - 15 HF 32 FN 32
MN 25 10 7.5 14 9 - 15 HF 32 FN 32
DOL MN 2 MNX 25
12.5 9.3 18 14 - 23 HF 50 FN 63
15 11 21 14 - 23 HF 63 FN 63
15 11 21 20 - 33 HF 63 FN 63
MN 32
DOL 17.5 13 24 20 - 33 MN 2 MNX 32 HF 63 FN 63
20 15 28 20 - 33 HN/100 63 FN 100
MN 45 25 18.5 35 30 - 50 HN/100 80 FN 100
DOL MN 5 MNX 50
30 22 40 30 - 50 HN/100 80 FN 100
30 22 40 30 - 50 HN/100 80 FN 100
MN 65 35 26 47 30 - 50 HN/100 100 FN 100
DOL MN 5 MNX 70
40 30 55 45 - 75 HN/100 100 FN 100
40 30 60 45 - 75 HN/100 100 FN 100
Selection Chart for MN DOL Starters
Chart for MN Star-Delta starters

Maximum Motor Rating Approx. Full Phase Relay Recommended Switch
Type at 415V, 3 Ø, 50Hz Load Range Relay Back-up HRC Fuse
Current In Current Contactor Disconnector
(A) in / 3 (A) Type Rating (A) Fuse Unit
HP kW
10 7.5 14 8.08 6 - 10 HF 20 FN32
MN 16 12.5 9.3 18 10.4 9 - 15 HF 32 FN32
MN 2 MNX 18
FASD 15 11 21 12.1 9 - 15 HF 32 FN32
17 13 25 24.4 9 - 15 HF 32 FN32
20 15 28 16.2 14 - 23 HF 40 FN63
MN 25 MN 2 MNX 25
25 18.5 35 20.2 14 - 23 HF 50 FN63
MN 32 35 22.5 40 23 20 - 33 HF 63 FN63
FASD MN 2 MNX 32
40 30 47 27 20 - 33 HN/00 63 FN100
40 30 55 31.8 30 - 50 HN/00 63 FN100
MN 45
FASD 45 33.5 60 34.6 30 - 50 MN 5 MNX 50 HN/00 80 FN100
50 37 66 38.2 30 - 50 HN/00 80 FN100
60 45 80 46.2 45 - 75 HN/00 100 FN100
MN 65 65 48.5 87 50 45 - 75 HN/00 100 FN100
FASD MN 5 MNX 70
70 52 94 54.5 45 - 75 HN/00 125 FN125
75 55 100 57.5 45 - 75 HN/00 125 FN125
MN 80 90 67.5 120 69.2 45 - 75 MN 5 MNX 80 HN/0 160 FN 200
FASD
MN 110 100 75 135 77.9 66 - 110 HN/0 160 FN200

FASD MN 5 MNX 110
150 110 165 95 66 - 110 HN/0 200 FN200
MN 140 150 110 200 115 90 - 150 HN/1 250 FN250
FASD MN 12L MNX 140
180 132 230 132.8 90 - 150 HN/1 250 FN250
Selection Chart for MN Star-Delta Starters
MN Industrial Starter
Ordering Information - MN DOL Starter*

Example: MN 16 DOL - 240 V with relay range 9 - 15 A Ordering Information - SS94015BOBO
Starter Type Version MN 16 MN 25 MN 32 MN 45 MN 65
Cat. No. SS94351 SS94352 SS94353 SS94017 SS94018
Rated control
Relay Range
voltage (Us) V AC
2.0 - 3.3 DOQO — — — —
3.0 - 5.0 — — — — —
4.5 - 7.5 — — — — —
6.0 - 10 — — — — —
240 9.0 - 15 — BOBO — — —
14 - 23 — BODO BOEO — —
20 - 33 — — — — —
30 - 50 — — — — —
45 - 75 — — — — —
3.0 - 5.0 COSO — — — —
4.5 - 7.5 COUO — — — —
6.0 - 10 COVO — — — —
9.0 - 15 COBO — — — —
360
14 - 23 — COBO — — —
20 - 33 — CODO COEO — —
30 - 50 — — — COGO —
45 - 75 — — — — COJO
3.0 - 5.0 DOSO — — — —
4.5 - 7.5 DOUO — — — —
6.0 - 10 DOVO — — — —
9.0 - 15 DOBO — — — —
415
14 - 23 — DOBO DODO — —
20 - 33 — DODO DOEO — —
30 - 50 — — — DOGO DOGO
45 - 75 — — — — DOJO
Ordering Information - MN Star- Delta Starter*

Example: MN 16 SASD - 360 V with relay range 9 - 15 A Ordering Information - SS94019COBO
Starter Type Version MN 16 MN 25 MN 32 MN 45 MN 65 MN 80 MN 110 MN 140
Cat. No. FASD SS94362 SS94364 SS94366 SS94021 SS94022 SS94705 SS94706 SS94707
Rated control Relay
voltage (Us) V AC Range
6.0 - 10 COVO — — — — — — —
9.0 - 15 COBO — — — — — — —
14 - 23 — CODO DODO — — — — —
20 - 33 — — COEO — — — — —
360 30 - 50 — — — — — — — —
45 - 75 — — — — — — — —
66 - 110 — — — — — — — —
90 - 150 — — — — — — — —
6.0 - 10 DOVO — — — — — — —
9.0 - 15 DOBO — — — — — — —
14 - 23 — DODO — — — — — —
20 - 33 — — DOEO — — — — —
415 30 - 50 — — — DOGO — — — —
45 - 75 — — — — DOJO DOJO — —
66 - 110 — — — — — — DOKO —
90 - 150 — — — — — — — DOMO
* Note: These are the standard combinations of relay and contactor. Any other combinations can be supplied on request.
4 mounting holes Ø 6
430
375
219
185
235 136
188 4 mounting holes Ø 8.5

Ø34
105 128 2.3

139
Ø26
DOL Starters FASD Starters
MN 16, MN 25, MN 32 MN 16, MN 25, MN 32
252
324
649
200 577
142
352 153
146 4 mounting holes Ø 8.5 Ø38 297 4 mounting holes Ø8.5

Ø38
Ø26 DOL Starters Ø 26 FASD Starters

MN 45, MN 65 MN 45, MN 65
453
212.6
430
725
147.5
483
519
2 holes Ø39 2 holes Ø34 4 mounting holes Ø 11
218.9
FASD Starters
MN 80F, MN 110F, MN 140F
MN Industrial Starter
241 Glossary
Altitude The height (above the sea level) of the site where the equipment is located.
Ambient Air temperature surrounding the equipment.

Temperature
All the conducting parts of a contactor, intended to be included in a circuit

Auxiliary different from the main circuit and the control circuit of the contactor
Circuit e.g. signalization, interlocking circuits etc.
Control Circuit Circuit used for the closing operation and opening operation of the contactor.
Main Circuit Main contact system.
Limits of Minimum and maximum coil operating limits, which are expressed as a percentage
operation of the rated control circuit voltage.
Electrical Number of on-load operating cycles (i.e. with current on the main contacts) a
Endurance contactor can achieve. It might be different for different utilization categories.
Mechanical Number of off-load operating cycles (i.e. without current on the main contacts) a
Endurance contactor can achieve.
Inching Energizing a motor once or repeatedly for short periods to obtain small movements
of the driven mechanism.
Plugging is defined as a system of braking, in which the motor connections are

Plugging reversed so that the motor develops a counter torque, which acts as a retarding
force. Plugging controls provide for the rapid stop and quick reversal of motor rotation.
Rated breaking
capacity The RMS value of current that contactor can break without damage to the contactor.
Rated making
capacity The peak value of current that contactor can make without damage to the contactor.
Glossary 242
Rated control
circuit voltage Uc Control voltage value for which the coil of the contactor is designed.
Rated insulation The highest operating voltage that will not cause a dielectric strength failure. It is
voltage Ui used as a parameter for dielectric strength tests and for the creepage distance.
Rated impulse
withstand voltage It is the maximum voltage impulse which the product can withstand without failing.
Uimp
Rated operating Voltage value to which utilization characteristics of the contactor are referred, i.e.
voltage Ue phase to phase voltage in 3 phase circuits.
Current value stated by the manufacturer and taking into account the rated operating
Rated operating voltage Ue, the rated frequency, the rated duty, the utilization category, the electrical
current Ie contact life and the type of the protective enclosure.
Conventional Value of current the contactor can withstand with poles in closed position, in free air for
thermal an eight hour duty, without the temperature rise of its various parts exceeding the imits
current Ith specified by the standards.
Permissible Short Value of current which the contactor can withstand in closed position for a short time
Time ratings period and within specified conditions.
Switching Number of operating cycles per hour.

frequency
Pick Up VA Load of the coil in VA at the moment when the supply is given to the coil, till the time the
contacts of the contactor close.
Hold On VA It is the continuous load of the coil in VA, after the contacts are closed.
Time between energization of the coil until the moment the contacts of the first current
Closing time
path to be closed actually close.
Time from the beginning of state causing breaking until the moment when the contacts
Opening time
of the last current path to be opened are open.
Mounting Positions Stated by the manufacturer. Please note restrictions when applicable.
SP 51014 090519

CG Controlgear Catalogue 7.7

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

CG Controlgear Catalogue 7.7

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

CG Controlgear Catalogue 7.7

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Universe of Solutions

Expand your reach with a complete Unique Entity

It all began way back in the 1960's when L&T

Hence, it comes as no surprise today that E&A

Our extensive range of contactors is further

MN relays are available from 0.2 to 570A in trip

MO contactors along with RTO and REO relays,

Our wide range of accessories has been

With a wide range of accessories

If downtime is not brought under control, it can

E&A offers a wide range of spares for its

Industry requirements are constantly evolving

Due to our through understanding and in-depth

To complement these products, we also have a wide range of accessories and

MO 3 Pole Power Contactors 37

RTO Thermal Overload Relays 69

MVO Vacuum Contactor 79

MNX 2&3 Pole Power Contactors 85

MN Thermal Overload Relays 111

MDX DC Coil 3 Pole Power Contactors 117

ML 3 Pole Power Contactors 127

MX Mini Contactors & Thermal Overload Relay 135

MCX 4 Pole Power Contactors 143

MO C Capacitor Duty Contactors 163

MO 0 Control Contactors 177

Electronic Coil Contactor Range 183

MR Single pole Contactors 185

MU - 2P 2 Pole Contactors 189

Motor Protection Relay 195

MOG Motor Protection Circuit Breakers 213

MN Industrial Starter 235

Controlgear range comply with the following standards

•IEC 60947-1, EN 60947-1, IS/IEC 60947-1

•IEC 60947-4, EN 60947-4, IS/IEC 60947-4

Third party certificates (ERDA / CPRI) available for Controlgear Product

E&A's Switchgear Testing Lab is NABL accredited subject to continued satisfactory

Co-ordination under Short-circuit conditions 4

Standard Coil Voltages and their Applications 7

Contactor selection for 60 Hz control supply applications 13

Selection of Contactors for AC-4 (Crane Duty) Applications 15

Contactor Selection for Motor with long starting time 18

Control Transformer sizing for contactor actuation 21

Application Guide for Reduced Voltage Autotransformer Starter 27

Length of control cables 31

Detailed Selection guide for lightening circuit 34

The utilization categories as per IEC 60947-4-1 are as follow:

AC - 1 Non-inductive or slightly inductive loads, resistance furnaces

Applications under utilization category AC-3 (Normal Switching) are:

Applications under utilization category AC-4 (Plugging, inching) are:

The conditions are as given below,

1) For Ie < 17A cos Ø = 0.65, For Ie>17A cos Ø = 0.35

Motor Operation in AC-3 Utilization category

Motor Operation in AC-4 Utilization category

Improper co-ordination can lead to

Recommended combination needs to be proven through short-circuit tests at

The values are mentioned below.

Rated operational current Ie (AC-3)* Prospective current “r”

Subjected to agreement between

Trends in motor feeder protection